F200C

LF200C
F225C
LF225C

SERVICE MANUAL
*LIT186160276*
LIT-18616-02-76 69J-28197-1F-11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 NOTICE

This manual has been prepared by Yamaha primarily for use by Yamaha dealers and their trained
mechanics when performing maintenance procedures and repairs to Yamaha equipment. It has
been written to suit the needs of persons who have a basic understanding of the mechanical and
electrical concepts and procedures inherent in the work, for without such knowledge attempted
repairs or service to the equipment could render it unsafe or unfit for use.

Because Yamaha has a policy of continuously improving its products, models may differ in detail
from the descriptions and illustrations given in this publication. Use only the latest edition of this
manual. Authorized Yamaha dealers are notified periodically of modifications and significant
changes in specifications and procedures, and these are incorporated in successive editions of this
manual.

Important information 1

Particularly important information is distinguished in this manual by the following notations:

The Safety Alert Symbol means ATTENTION! BECOME ALERT! YOUR SAFETY IS
INVOLVED!

WARNING
Failure to follow WARNING instructions could result in severe injury or death to the machine
operator, a bystander, or a person inspecting or repairing the outboard motor.

CAUTION:
A CAUTION indicates special precautions that must be taken to avoid damage to the out-
board motor.

NOTE:
A NOTE provides key information to make procedures easier or clearer.

F200C, LF200C, F225C, LF225C

SERVICE MANUAL
©2003 by Yamaha Motor Corporation, USA
1st Edition, September 2003
All rights reserved.
Any reprinting or unauthorized use
without the written permission of
Yamaha Motor Corporation, USA
is expressly prohibited.
Printed in USA
LIT-18616-02-76

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Contents
General information GEN
INFO
1
Specifications
SPEC 2
Periodic checks and adjustments CHK
ADJ
3
Fuel system
FUEL 4
Power unit
POWR 5
Lower unit
LOWR 6
Bracket unit
BRKT 7
– +

Electrical systems
ELEC 8
Troubleshooting TRBL
SHTG
9
Index

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 GEN
INFO
General information

How to use this manual ................................................................................. 1-1

Manual format............................................................................................ 1-1
Symbols..................................................................................................... 1-2

Safety while working......................................................................................1-3

Fire prevention........................................................................................... 1-3
Ventilation..................................................................................................1-3
Self-protection ........................................................................................... 1-3
Parts, lubricants, and sealants ..................................................................1-3
Good working practices .............................................................................1-4
Disassembly and assembly ....................................................................... 1-4

Identification...................................................................................................1-4
Applicable models .....................................................................................1-4
Serial number ............................................................................................ 1-4

Features and benefits .................................................................................... 1-6

Newly developed V6 4-stroke engine ........................................................1-6
Valve train system .....................................................................................1-9
Intake system .......................................................................................... 1-11
Exhaust system ....................................................................................... 1-11
Fuel system ............................................................................................. 1-13
PTT (Power trim and tilt) unit................................................................... 1-17

Technical tips ...............................................................................................1-18

Fuel injection control................................................................................ 1-18
Fail-safe function table ............................................................................1-20
PTT (Power trim and tilt) unit................................................................... 1-21
Cooling system ........................................................................................ 1-26
Lubrication system...................................................................................1-26

Propeller selection ....................................................................................... 1-27

Propeller size........................................................................................... 1-27
Selection.................................................................................................. 1-27

69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Predelivery checks ......................................................................................1-28
Checking the fuel system ........................................................................1-28
Checking the gear oil............................................................................... 1-28
Checking the engine oil ...........................................................................1-28
Checking the battery................................................................................ 1-28
Checking the outboard motor mounting height........................................ 1-29
Checking the remote control cables ........................................................ 1-29
Checking the steering wheel ................................................................... 1-30
1
Checking the gearshift and throttle operation..........................................1-30
Checking the tilt system...........................................................................1-30
Checking the engine start switch and engine stop lanyard switch ..........1-30
Checking the cooling water pilot hole ......................................................1-31
Test run ................................................................................................... 1-31
2
Break-in ................................................................................................... 1-31
After test run ............................................................................................ 1-31

3
4
5
6
7
8
9
69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 GEN
INFO General information
How to use this manual 1

Manual format
The format of this manual has been designed to make service procedures clear and easy to under-
stand. Use the information below as a guide for effective and quality service.

1 Parts are shown and detailed in an exploded diagram and are listed in the components list.
2 Tightening torque specifications are provided in the exploded diagrams and after a numbered
step with tightening instructions.
3 Symbols are used to indicate important aspects of a procedure, such as the grade of lubricant
and lubrication point.
4 The components list consists of parts and part quantities, as well as bolt, screw, O-ring, and hose
dimensions.
5 Service points regarding removal, checking, and installation are shown in individual illustrations
to explain the relevant procedure.

NOTE:
For troubleshooting procedures, see Chapter 9, “Troubleshooting.”

1-1 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 How to use this manual
Symbols
The symbols below are designed to indicate the content of a chapter.
General information Fuel system Bracket unit
GEN
INFO
FUEL BRKT 1
Specifications Power unit Electrical systems

SPEC POWR ELEC – +

2
Periodic checks and adjustments Lower unit Troubleshooting
CHK
ADJ
LOWR TRBL
SHTG 3
Symbols 1 to 6 indicate specific data.

1 2 3 4
T.
R.
5 6
4
1
2
3
4
Special tool
Specified oil or fluid
Specified engine speed
Specified tightening torque
5 Specified measurement
6 Specified electrical value
(resistance, voltage, electric current)
5
Symbols 7 to A in an exploded diagram indicate the grade of lubricant and the lubrication point.

7 8 9 0 A
6
A M D C
E

7 Apply Yamaha 4-stroke motor oil

8 Apply water resistant grease (Yamaha grease A)
0 Apply corrosion resistant grease
(Yamaha grease D)
7
9 Apply molybdenum disulfide grease A Apply low temperature resistant grease
(Yamaha grease C)

Symbols B to G in an exploded diagram indicate the type of sealant or locking agent and the appli-
8
cation point.

B
GM
C
4
D
LT

271
E
LT

242
F
LT

572
G

SS
9
B Apply Gasket Maker® E Apply LOCTITE® No. 242 (Blue)
C Apply Yamabond No. 4 F Apply LOCTITE® No. 572
D Apply LOCTITE® No. 271 (Red) G Apply silicon sealant

69J1D11 1-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 GEN
INFO General information
Safety while working 1

To prevent an accident or injury and to

ensure quality service, follow the safety pro-
cedures provided below.

Fire prevention
Gasoline is highly flammable.
Keep gasoline and all flammable products
away from heat, sparks, and open flames.

Parts, lubricants, and sealants

Use only genuine Yamaha parts, lubricants,
and sealants or those recommended by
Yamaha, when servicing or repairing the
outboard motor.

Ventilation
Gasoline vapor and exhaust gas are heavier
than air and extremely poisonous. If inhaled
in large quantities they may cause loss of
consciousness and death within a short time.
When test running an engine indoors (e.g., in
Under normal conditions, the lubricants men-
a water tank) be sure to do so where ade-
tioned in this manual should not harm or be
quate ventilation can be maintained.
hazardous to your skin. However, you should
follow these precautions to minimize any risk
when working with lubricants.

1. Maintain good standards of personal and

industrial hygiene.

2. Change and wash clothing as soon as

possible if soiled with lubricants.

3. Avoid contact with skin. Do not, for

Self-protection example, place a soiled rag in your
pocket.
Protect your eyes by wearing safety glasses
or safety goggles during all operations involv-
4. Wash hands and any other part of the
ing drilling and grinding, or when using an air
body thoroughly with soap and hot water
compressor.
after contact with a lubricant or lubricant
Protect your hands and feet by wearing pro-
soiled clothing has been made.
tective gloves and safety shoes when neces-
sary. 5. To protect your skin, apply a protective
cream to your hands before working on
the outboard motor.

1-3 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Safety while working / Identification
6. Keep a supply of clean, lint-free cloths for
wiping up spills, etc.

Good working practices

Special tools
Use the recommended special tools to pro-
tect parts from damage. Use the right tool in
1
the right manner—do not improvise.

3. Install bearings with the manufacture

2
identification mark in the direction indi-
cated in the installation procedure. In
addition, be sure to lubricate the bearings
liberally. 3
4. Apply a thin coat of water-resistant
grease to the lip and periphery of an oil
Tightening torques
Follow the tightening torque specifications
provided throughout the manual. When tight-
seal before installation.

5. Check that moving parts operate nor-

4
ening nuts, bolts, and screws, tighten the mally after assembly.

5
large sizes first, and tighten fasteners starting
in the center and moving outward. Identification 1

Non-reusable parts Applicable models

Always use new gaskets, seals, O-rings, cot- This manual covers the following models.
ter pins, circlips, etc., when installing or
Applicable models
assembling parts.
F200TR, LF200TR, F225TR, LF225TR

Serial number
6
The outboard motor serial number is
stamped on a label attached to the port
clamp bracket.
7
Disassembly and assembly
1. Use compressed air to remove dust and
8
dirt during disassembly.

2. Apply engine oil to the contact surfaces

of moving parts before assembly. 9
69J1D11 1-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 GEN
INFO General information

1 Model name
2 Approved model code
3 Transom height
4 Serial number

Approved Starting
Model name
model code serial No.
F200TR 60L 1001799–
LF200TR 60M 1000373–
F225TR 69J 1007259–
LF225TR 69K 1002513–

1-5 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Identification / Features and benefits
Features and benefits 1

Newly developed V6 4-stroke engine

The F225 is a newly developed 60-degree V6 4-stroke engine with a very compact and lightweight
design. Its size and weight are almost the same as the V6 2-stroke engines that are in current use.
This F225 offers numerous advantages of a 4-stroke engine. Compared to conventional 2-stroke
models, it emits much cleaner exhaust gases, offers a better fuel economy, and realizes lower noise
levels at idle and full throttle.
1
Through the newly developed “In-bank exhaust system,” which discharges exhaust gases from the
center of both banks, the engine block and the surrounding equipment have been made compact. In
addition, the six independent intake passages help to achieve a high level of driveability and power
output.
2
60˚

3
4
5
6
1
2
Electronic Fuel Injection
In-bank exhaust system
S69J1250

7
3 Pulse tuned long intake tracks
4 Individual inside track fuel injectors

8
9
69J1D11 1-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 GEN
INFO General information
Crankcase
The crankcase is made of cast aluminum, however steel has been cast into the areas for the crank-
shaft bearings. By distinguishing the area that requires strength from the area that allows the use of
a lighter material, both weight reduction and a stronger construction have been achieved.
The caps for the crankshaft bearings are secured with four bolts to ensure a high level of assembled
rigidity.

S69J1260

1 Casted aluminum 3 Crankcase

2 Steel 4 Cylinder block

Crankshaft
The crankshaft has been forged to realize a high-strength and high-rigidity construction. In the 60-
degree V6 cylinder configuration, the crankshaft pins are staggered 60 degrees from each other.

˚ 60
60 ˚

60˚
60˚

60 ˚
˚ 60

S69J1270

1 Crankpin #1 4 Crankpin #4
2 Crankpin #2 5 Crankpin #5
3 Crankpin #3 6 Crankpin #6

1-7 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Features and benefits
Piston
The piston has been carved out of a forged stock. To prevent the valves from coming in contact with
the piston, the piston is provided with a valve recess. If the engine goes out of timing and a valve

1
opens when the piston is at top-dead-center, this recess prevents the valve from coming in contact
with the piston, thus preventing engine damage.

2
3
4
5
6
7
S69J1280 8
1 Valve spring 5 Intake valve
2 Valve seal 6 Intake camshaft
3
4
Piston
Valve stem
7
8
Valve lifter
Valve recess
9
69J1D11 1-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 GEN
INFO General information
Valve train system
The valve train consists of a total of four camshafts, with two in each bank.
The camshafts are driven with the combination of a belt and chains. The crankshaft turns the belt to
drive the exhaust camshafts in both banks. Chains connect the exhaust camshafts to the intake
camshafts in the cylinder heads to drive the intake camshafts.
In addition, the timing belt offers quieter operation, and the cam chains help to achieve a compact
configuration through the use of individual driven sprockets.
Timing belt
The timing belt, which is driven by the drive sprocket that is attached to the crankshaft, rotates the
driven sprockets that are attached to the exhaust camshafts of both banks. The drive sprocket for
the timing belt is secured to the crankshaft by four bolts, and it can be removed easily for servicing.
In addition, the material of the driven sprockets has been changed from the previous metal to plastic
for weight reduction.

S69J1290

1 Driven sprocket 6 Timing belt

2 Timing chain 7 Exhaust camshaft
3 Intake camshaft 8 Hydraulic timing belt tensioner
4 Crankshaft
5 Drive sprocket

1-9 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Features and benefits
Tensioner
A timing chain tensioner is provided at the mid-span of the timing chain, between both camshafts.
The timing chain tensioner uses the force of a spring to maintain its tension. After the engine is

1
started, oil is pumped into the tensioner, and the resulting pressure causes the tension to increase.
A total of three tensioners are used, one for the timing belt, and one for each timing chain of both
banks, to maintain proper tension and to ensure the reliability of the valve train.

2
3
4
5
6
7
S69J1300
8
1

9
Intake camshaft
2 Exhaust camshaft
3 Timing chain
4 Timing chain tensioner
5 Hydraulic timing belt tensioner

69J1D11 1-10

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 GEN
INFO General information
Intake system
Throttle valve
A total of six intake throttle valves are provided, one for each cylinder. Together with the intake
silencer that offers enhanced intake efficiency and the injectors that are provided at each throttle
body, the throttle valves help to improve the intake efficiency of the engine. As a result, this engine
produces a higher power output and realizes better driveability.

S69J1310

1 Throttle valve

Exhaust system
In-bank exhaust system
The exhaust passage of the F225 is located in the V bank, a layout that is the opposite of conven-
tional V6 engines. By providing the exhaust passage in the V bank, the engine has been made con-
siderably more compact.

S69J1320

1 Exhaust gas

1-11 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Features and benefits
Exhaust passage during idle
To reduce noise when the engine is idling, the exhaust gas passage of the F225 has adopted a lab-
yrinth construction. During idling, the exhaust gas passes through the passage on the side of the

1
exhaust guide, and enters the upper case through a hole in the upper case gasket. When it fills the
upper case, the exhaust gas enters another passage on the side of the exhaust guide through
another hole in the upper case gasket. Then, it is discharged through the idle port that is provided in
the upper case.
The exhaust manifold and muffler in the upper case are surrounded by the water jackets to reduce

2
exhaust noise. The water jackets also help prevent corrosion by preventing the exterior of the
exhaust manifold and muffler from coming in direct contact with the exhaust gas.

3
4
5
6
7
S69J1330
8
1 Idle port
2
3
4
È
Oil pan
Exhaust manifold
Muffler
Exhaust gas
9
É Water

69J1D11 1-12

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 GEN
INFO General information
Fuel system
The fuel flows in the following order: fuel filter, low-pressure fuel pump, vapor separator, high-pres-
sure fuel pump, and injectors. The excess fuel at the injectors passes through the pressure regula-
tor and fuel cooler, and returns to the vapor separator.
When the engine start switch is turned on, the injectors of all cylinders operate before the pump
relay is actuated to prevent the injectors from sticking.

S69J1340

1 Fuel filter 5 Fuel injector

2 Low-pressure fuel pump 6 Pressure regulator
3 Vapor separator 7 Fuel cooler
4 High-pressure fuel pump

1-13 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Features and benefits
Low-pressure fuel pump
The F225 has adopted a newly developed, low-pressure electrical fuel pump, in place of the low-
pressure mechanical fuel pump used in the previous electronic fuel injection system. With the adop-

1
tion of the electric pump, the routing of the fuel system has been made more compact. To prevent
the over-pumping of fuel, this pump operates for 10 seconds, and stops for 20 seconds when the
engine is operating at low speeds.
The pump operates constantly if the engine speed is 1,200 r/min or higher, or for several seconds
(which vary by ambient temperature) after the engine is started. At other times, it operates for 10

2
seconds, and stops for 20 seconds to prevent over-pumping.

3
4
S69J1350
5
1 Vapor separator 5 Off

6
2 Low-pressure fuel pump 6 10 seconds
3 Fuel filter 7 20 seconds
4 On

7
8
9
69J1D11 1-14

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 GEN
INFO General information
Electronic control system
The ECM controls the ignition timing, the fuel injection timing, the fuel injection volume, and the ISC
and it maintains a stoichiometric air-fuel ratio in all operating conditions, including starting and idling.
Also, the ECM converts the signals from the input sensors and sends instructions to each part.

Injector #1,4
40
Pulser coil #1
15
Injector #2,5
39

Pulser coil #2
14 Injector #3,6
38

Pulser coil #3
13
ISC motor A
20
ISC motor B
18
Power source for TPS ISC motor C
12 21
Power source for intake air pressure sensor ISC motor D
11 19

TPS
34

Intake air presssure sensor

33

Ground for sensors Ignition coil #1,4

8 22

Engine temperature sensor

35

Intake air temperature sensor

7 Ignition coil #2,5
44
Power source for oil pressure sensor
10

Oil pressure sensor

29
E CM
Ignition coil #3,6
43

Shift cutoff switch Oil pressure warning lamp

9 24

Overheat warning lamp

23
Emergency engine stop switch
4
Engine warning lamp
27
Neutral switch 31

Buzzer
3 BZ
DES switch
Tachometer
1 T
6
Vacancy
Port bank 25
Thermo switch Vacancy
37

Ground for unit

Starboard bank 32
High-pressure fuel pump
P
17
Ground for power source
42

Low-pressure fuel pump

Personal Diagnosis signal 26
16 P
computer Power source 36
for diagnosis
lamp

Battery power source

30
Main switch
28 Main relay
2

~ Rectifire/Regulator

Main relay

Battery Connector pin position

44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

S60L1180

1-15 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Features and benefits
Ignition and fuel injection timing
This engine adopted the group injection system that the fuel required for one combustion is injected
twice per one cycle.

1
Therefore, the injector driving circuits can be integrated to 3 circuits and a simpler electrical struc-
ture is obtained.
Firing order : #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6
Injection order : #1 and #4 → #2 and #5 → #3 and #6 (group injection)

2
: Ignition spark
Crankshaft angle : Wasted spark
720˚

180˚

Cylinder
Cylinder #1
120˚

Compression TDC Combustion Exhaust Intake

3
Ignition

Cylinder #2
Injection

Intake Compression TDC Combustion Exhaust

4
Ignition

Cylinder #3
Injection

Intake Compression TDC Combustion Exhaust

5
Ignition

Cylinder #4
Injection

Exhaust Intake Compression TDC Combustion

6
Ignition

7
Injection

Cylinder #5 Combustion Exhaust Intake Compression TDC

Ignition

8
Injection

Cylinder #6 Combustion Exhaust Intake Compression

Ignition
Injection
S60L1190
9
69J1D11 1-16

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 GEN
INFO General information
PTT (Power trim and tilt) unit
The PTT unit has been newly developed for the F225. Based on the field-proven 61A type, its PTT
fluid passage and internal valve construction have been changed for this application. Although the
valves of the 61A type have been distributed to the various areas of the gear pump housing, the
valves of the new PTT unit have been concentrated in the vicinity of the gear pump to improve their
serviceability. In addition, the material of the gear pump housing has been changed to enhance its
corrosion resistance.

C
B
A

D D

A (A) (B) (C) (D)

B
C
S69J1380

1 Gear pump 4 Manual valve

2 Main valve È 61A type
3 Relief valve É F225 type

1-17 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Features and benefits / Technical tips
Technical tips 1

Fuel injection control

The F200/F225 injects fuel simultaneously to the following cylinder pairs: #1 and #4, #2 and #5, and
#3 and #6. Optimal injection timing is provided in accordance with the operating conditions of the
engine.

Starting fuel injection volume and injection timing

1
The injectors are actuated in sync with the standard crankshaft position signals (BTDC 70°) for cyl-
inder pairs #1 and #4, #2 and #5, and #3 and #6, respectively.

(Compression TDC)
CYLINDER #1
#6

Compression
#1 #2

Combustion
#3

Exhaust
#4

Intake
#5 #6

Compression
#1 #2

Expansion
2
CYLINDER #2 Intake Compression Combustion Exhaust Intake Compression
CYLINDER #3 Intake Compression Combustion Exhaust Intake Compression

3
CYLINDER #4 Exhaust Intake Compression Combustion Exhaust Intake
CYLINDER #5 Combustion Exhaust Intake Compression Combustion Exhaust
CYLINDER #6 Combustion Exhaust Intake Compression Combustion Exhaust
B70 B10 B70 B10 B70 B10
SIGNAL #1/4
B70 B10 B70 B10 B70 B10
SIGNAL #2/5
B10 B70 B10 B70 B10
SIGNAL #3/6

INJECTION #1/4

INJECTION #2/5

INJECTION #3/6
4
Starting injection start timing
(standard position BTDC 70˚)

Normal fuel injection volume and injection timing

To control the actuation timing of the injectors, the injection ending timing is established by using the
S60L1200

5
top-dead-center of the intake stroke as the standard, for cylinder pairs #1 and #4, #2 and #5, and #3
and #6, respectively.

(Compression TDC)
#6 #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #1 #2
6
CYLINDER #1 Compression Combustion Exhaust Intake Compression Expansion
Intake Compression Combustion Exhaust Intake Compression

7
CYLINDER #2
CYLINDER #3 Intake Compression Combustion Exhaust Intake Compression
CYLINDER #4 Exhaust Intake Compression Combustion Exhaust Intake
CYLINDER #5 Combustion Exhaust Intake Compression Combustion Exhaust
CYLINDER #6 Combustion Exhaust Intake Compression Combustion Exhaust
B70 B10 B70 B10 B70 B10
SIGNAL #1/4
B70 B10 B70 B10 B70 B10
SIGNAL #2/5

8
B10 B70 B10 B70 B10
SIGNAL #3/6

INJECTION #1/4

INJECTION #2/5

INJECTION #3/6

Synchronous injection completion timing

#1/4 synchronous injection start/completion

timing setting range S60L1210
9
69J1D11 1-18

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 GEN
INFO General information
Over-revolution control
If the engine speed exceeds 4,500 r/min, while the shift is in neutral, ignition is stopped. The various
stages of ignition cutoff are shown in the table below.

Ignition cutoff cylinder in neutral

Set speed (r/min) #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6
4,500
4,750

: Indicates a misfire at either cylinder (once, due to simultaneously firing).

: Indicates a misfire at both cylinders (twice continuous).

If the engine speed exceeds 6,200 r/min, while the shift is in forward or reverse, the ignition is
stopped. The various stages of ignition cutoff are shown in the table below.

Ignition cutoff cylinder in forward or reverse

Set speed (r/min) #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6
6,200
6,250
6,300
6,350
6,400
6,450

: Indicates a misfire at either cylinder (once, due to simultaneously firing).

: Indicates a misfire at both cylinders (twice continuous).

Dual-engine control
When two outboard engines are used, if one of the engines enters any one of the control modes, the
other engine will also control its ignition. This control is activated with the same engine speeds as
with other control modes.

Shift cutoff control

If the shift cut switch is activated with the engine operating under 2,000 r/min, the system causes
one or two cylinders to misfire in order to facilitate shifting. The system causes cylinders #1 and #2,
or #4 and #5 to misfire when the engine speed is over 850 r/min, and cylinder #1 or #4 to misfire
when the engine speed is under 850 r/min.

1-19 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Technical tips
Fail-safe function table
FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION
DIAGNOSIS
Symptom Engine

1
Ignition Injection ISC CODE
condition
Engine starting:
All cylinders inject
Only the cylinders
simultaneously
Incorrect pulser outputting normal Only in neutral: Idle speed
based on the cylin- 13
coil signal signal ignite at 900 r/min increases
der that is output-

Incorrect engine
temperature sen-
BTDC10°, and all
cylinders thereafter.

Normal control
ting a normal signal.

Engine temperature
sensor is fixed to Only in neutral: Idle speed
15
2
40 °C to activate 900 r/min increases
sor signal

3
normal control.
Incorrect throttle Correction is made
Ignition timing is Opening angle Idle speed
position sensor to the basic injec- 18
fixed to BTDC10°. is fixed to 60%. increases
signal tion map.
Intake air tempera-

4
Incorrect intake air ture sensor is fixed
Only in neutral: Idle speed
temperature sen- Normal control to 40 °C in order to 23
900 r/min increases
sor signal activate normal
control.
Incorrect neutral
Normal control Normal control Normal control Normal control 28
switch signal
Incorrect intake air
pressure sensor
signal
Incorrect oil pres-
Normal control
Correction is made
to the basic injec-
tion map.
Only in neutral: Idle speed
900 r/min increases

Only in neutral: Idle speed

29 5
Normal control Normal control 39
sure sensor signal 900 r/min increases

Incorrect shift cut

switch signal
Normal control Normal control
In neutral:
900 r/min
In gear:
850 r/min
Idle speed
increases
45 6
Incorrect thermo- Only in neutral: Idle speed

7
Normal control Normal control 46
switch signal 900 r/min increases

8
9
69J1D11 1-20

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 GEN
INFO General information
PTT (Power trim and tilt) unit
In the newly designed PTT unit, the up-main valve, down-main valve, up-relief valve, and down-
relief valve have been concentrated in the gear pump housing in order to improve the serviceability
of the engine and ensure reliable operation.

S69J1410

1 Tilt cylinder A Tilt piston

2 Trim cylinder B Tilt piston absorber
3 Manual valve C Free piston
4 Up-main valve D Shock return valve
5 Down-main valve E Trim ram
6 Up-relief valve F Trim piston
7 Down-relief valve G Power trim and tilt motor
8 Gear pump H Up-shuttle piston
9 Reservoir I Down-shuttle piston
0 Tilt ram

1-21 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Technical tips
Trim-up and tilt-up function
When the PTT switch is pressed to “UP,” the power trim and tilt motor operates the gear pump and
fluid pressure is generated. As a result, the fluid pressure pushes the up-shuttle piston upward,

1
enters the trim cylinder and tilt cylinder lower chambers through the up-main valve, and then pushes
the tilt ram and trim ram upward.
In addition, the fluid pushes the down-shuttle piston downward, opens the down-main valve, and
returns the PTT fluid from the tilt cylinder upper chamber to the gear pump.
The fluid from the trim cylinder upper chamber then returns to the reservoir.

2
The tilt ram and the trim ram extend simultaneously, and after the trim ram has extended com-
pletely, the tilt ram operates to tilt up.

3
4
5
6
:

1 Tilt ram 8 Up-shuttle piston

:
S69J1420
7
2 Tilt cylinder 9 Up-main valve
3
4
5
6
Trim ram
Trim cylinder
Power trim and tilt motor
Reservoir
0
A
È
É
Down-shuttle piston
Down-main valve
Return
Send
8
7 Gear pump

9
69J1D11 1-22

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 GEN
INFO General information
Trim ram retraction function
When the outboard motor is tilted up and held in place with the tilt stop lever and the PTT switch is
pressed to “DN,” the trim ram will be retracted.
Although the gear pump attempts to draw oil from the tilt cylinder and trim cylinder lower chambers,
after the PTT switch has been pressed, fluid cannot be drawn from the tilt cylinder lower chamber
because the tilt ram is secured in place by the tilt stop lever. Only the PTT fluid from the trim cylinder
lower chamber can be drawn, and as the fluid pressure decreases, the trim ram retracts into the trim
cylinder. Since the tilt ram is secured in place, the PTT fluid pumped by the gear pump flows into the
tilt cylinder upper chamber to increase fluid pressure. As a result, the down-relief valve opens, and
the PTT fluid is released into the reservoir.

:
:
S69J1430

1 Tilt ram 6 Reservoir

2 Tilt cylinder 7 Down-relief valve
3 Trim ram È Return
4 Trim cylinder É Send
5 Gear pump

1-23 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Technical tips
Trim-down and tilt-down function
When the PTT switch is pressed to “DN,” the power trim and tilt motor operates the gear pump and
fluid pressure is generated. As a result, the fluid pressure pushes the down-shuttle piston upward,

1
enters the tilt cylinder upper chamber through the down-main valve, and then pushes the tilt ram
downward.
In addition, the fluid pushes the up-shuttle piston downward to open the up-main valve.
The gear pump draws the PTT fluid from the tilt cylinder and trim cylinder lower chambers, and then
retracts the tilt ram and the trim ram.

2
Since the fluid pressure from the gear pump is applied to the tilt cylinder upper chamber, the tilt ram
moves downward first.
The hydraulic oil flows into the trim cylinder upper chamber from the reservoir.
When the outboard motor comes in contact with the trim ram, the trim ram moves downward simul-
taneously with the tilt ram, due to its own weight and the suction of the PTT fluid by the trim cylinder
lower chamber.

3
4
5
6
:
7
1
2
Tilt ram
Tilt cylinder
8
9
Up-shuttle piston
Up-main valve
:
S69J1440

8
3 Trim ram 0 Down-shuttle piston
4
5
6
7
Trim cylinder
Power trim and tilt motor
Reservoir
Gear pump
A
È
É
Down-main valve
Return
Send 9
69J1D11 1-24

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 GEN
INFO General information
Stationary condition
When the PTT switch is not pressed, the gear pump will not pump the fluid, the up-main valve and
the down-main valve will remain closed, and the PTT unit in the system remains constant. This will
allow the tilt ram and the trim ram to maintain their positions until the PTT fluid flows through the
system again.

When the outboard hits something in the water

If the lower casing comes in contact with an obstacle while the boat is in operation, a sudden exten-
sion force becomes applied to the tilt ram. This force causes the fluid pressure in the tilt cylinder
upper chamber to increase, and the tilt piston absorber to open and release the fluid pressure into
the space between the tilt piston and the free piston. As a result, the dampening effect of the tilt pis-
ton absorber and the oil lock mechanism prevent the PTT unit from damage, before the tilt piston
comes in contact with the top of the tilt cylinder.
After the collision, a force to return the outboard motor to its original position is generated due to the
weight of the outboard and the thrust of the propeller.
The PTT fluid passes through the shock return valve of the tilt piston, via the free piston, and into
the tilt cylinder upper chamber.
When the tilt piston comes in contact with the free piston, the tilt piston stops.

S69J1450

1 Tilt ram 4 Tilt piston

2 Tilt cylinder 5 Shock return valve
3 Tilt piston absorber 6 Free piston

1-25 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Technical tips
Cooling system

1
2
3
:

1
2
Cooling water inlet
Water pump
6
7
In-bank exhaust system
Thermostat
S69J1460

4
3 Oil pan 8 Propeller boss
4 Exhaust pipe È Water
5 PCV (Pressure control valve)

Lubrication system
5
6
Crankcase Cylinder head Pressure feed
Splash
Sleeve
Return
Intake and exhaust valves Camshaft

Piston

Crankshaft pin

Crankshaft journal
Camshaft journal

7
Main gallery Oil pressure sensor
8
Return route

Return route

• Low oil pressure warning

Oil filter • Filtration of foreign objects

• Oil pressure

9
regulation • Suction/pressure feeding
Oil pump with relief valve
of oil

• Prevention of air suction

Oil strainer
• Filtration of large foreign objects

Oil pan
• Oil sump
• Oil cooling S69J1470

69J1D11 1-26

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 GEN
INFO General information
Propeller selection 1
a Propeller diameter (in inches)
b Propeller pitch (in inches)
The performance of a boat and outboard
c Propeller type (propeller mark)
motor will be critically affected by the size
and type of propeller you choose. Propellers Selection
greatly affect boat speed, acceleration, When the engine speed is at the full throttle
engine life, fuel economy, and even boating operating range (5,000–6,000 r/min), the
and steering capabilities. An incorrect choice ideal propeller for the boat is one that pro-
could adversely affect performance and vides maximum performance in relation to
could also seriously damage the engine. boat speed and fuel consumption.
Use the following information as a guide for
selecting a propeller that meets the operating Regular rotation model
conditions of the boat and the outboard Propeller size (in) Material
motor. 13 3/4 × 17 - M
13 3/4 × 19 - M
Propeller size
The size of the propeller is indicated on the 13 3/4 × 21 - M
propeller blade or outside of the propeller 14 1/2 × 15 - M
boss. 14 1/2 × 19 - T
14 1/2 × 21 - T
Stainless
14 7/8 × 21 - M
× - 14 7/8 × 23 - M
15 × 17 - T
15 1/4 × 15 - M
15 1/4 × 17 - M
15 1/4 × 19 - M
S69J1100

Counter rotation model

Propeller size (in) Material
13 3/4 × 17 - ML
× - 13 3/4 × 19 - ML
13 3/4 × 21 - ML
14 1/2 × 15 - ML
14 1/2 × 19 - TL
S69J1110 14 1/2 × 21 - TL
Stainless
14 7/8 × 21 - ML
14 7/8 × 23 - ML
15 × 17 - TL
15 1/4 × 15 - ML
× - 15 1/4 × 17 - ML
15 1/4 × 19 - ML

S69J1120

1-27 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Propeller selection / Predelivery checks
Predelivery checks 1 Checking the engine oil
To make the delivery process smooth and 1. Check the oil level.
efficient, the predelivery checks should be
completed as explained below.

Checking the fuel system

1. Check that the fuel hoses are securely
1
connected and that the fuel tank is full
with fuel.

2
NOTE:
• If the engine oil is above the maximum level
mark (H), drain sufficient oil until the level is
between (H) and (L).
3
• If the engine oil is below the minimum level
mark (L), add sufficient oil until the level is
between (H) and (L).

Recommended engine oil:

4
4-stroke motor oil

S69J1130
API: SE, SF, SG, SH, or SJ
SAE: 10W-30 or 10W-40
Oil capacity:
Without oil filter replacement:
5
5.8 L (6.1 US qt, 5.1 Imp qt)
CAUTION:
This is a 4-stroke engine. Do not use pre-
mixed fuel and 2-stroke outboard motor
Checking the battery
1. Check the capacity, electrolyte level, and
6
oil. specified gravity of the battery.

Checking the gear oil

1. Check the gear oil level.
Recommended battery capacity:
CCA/SAE: 512 A
MCA/ABYC: 675 A
7
RC/SAE: 182 Minute
Electrolyte specified gravity:
1.280 at 20 °C (68 °F)

2. Check that the red and black battery

8
cables are securely connected.

S69J1140
9
69J1D11 1-28

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 GEN
INFO General information
Checking the outboard motor
mounting height
1. Check that the anti-cavitation plate is
aligned with the bottom of the boat. If the
mounting height is too high, cavitation
will occur and propulsion will be reduced.
Also, the engine speed will increase
abnormally and cause the engine to
overheat. If the mounting height is too
low, water resistance will increase and
reduce engine efficiency.
3. Check that the set pin c is in the center
of the shift bracket and aligned with the
alignment mark d on the bracket.

NOTE:
The optimum mounting height is affected by
the combination of the boat and the outboard
motor. To determine the optimum mounting
height, test run the outboard motor at differ-
ent heights.

2. Check that the clamp brackets are

secured with the clamp bolts. S69J1190

Checking the remote control cables

1. Set the remote control lever to the neu-
tral position and fully close the throttle CAUTION:
lever. The shift/throttle cable joint must be
screwed in a minimum of 8.0 mm (0.31 in)
2. Check that the throttle cam 1 is in its e.
fully close position and the alignment
mark a is between the alignment mark
b.

1-29 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Predelivery checks
Checking the steering wheel Checking the tilt system
1. Check the steering friction for proper 1. Check that the outboard motor tilts up
adjustment. and down smoothly when operating the

1
power trim and tilt unit.
2. Check that the steering operates
smoothly. 2. Check that there is no abnormal noise
produced when the outboard motor is
tilted up or down.

3. Check that there is no interference with

wires and hoses when the tilted-up out-
board motor is steered.
2
3
4. Check that the trim meter points down
when the outboard motor is tilted all the
way down.

3. Check that there is no interference with Checking the engine start switch and

4
wires or hoses when the outboard motor engine stop lanyard switch
is steered. 1. Check that the engine starts when the
engine start switch is turned to START.
Checking the gearshift and throttle
operation 2. Check that the engine turns off when the
1. Check that the gearshift operates
smoothly when the remote control lever
is shifted from neutral into forward or
reverse.
engine start switch is turned to OFF.

3. Check that the engine turns off when the

engine stop lanyard is pulled from the
5
engine stop lanyard switch.
2. Check that the throttle operates smoothly
when the remote control lever is shifted
from the fully closed position to the fully
open position a.
6
F
N
R
7
S69J1220

S69J1210
8
9
69J1D11 1-30

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 GEN
INFO General information
Checking the cooling water pilot
hole
1. Check that cooling water is discharged
from the cooling water pilot hole.

0 1 2 10

S69J1240

È Hour

After test run

S69J1230
1. Check for water in the gear oil.

2. Check for fuel leakage in the cowling.

Test run
1. Start the engine, and then check that the 3. After a test run and while the engine is at
gearshift operates smoothly. idle, flush the cooling water passage with
fresh water using the flushing kit.
2. Check the engine idle speed after the
engine has been warmed up.

3. Operate at trolling speed.

4. Run the outboard motor for one hour at

2,000 r/min or at half throttle, then for
another hour at 3,000 r/min or at 3/4
throttle.

5. Check that the outboard motor does not

tilt up when shifting into reverse and that
water does not flow in over the transom.

NOTE:
The test run is part of the break-in operation.

Break-in
During the test run, perform the break-in
operation in the following three stages.
1. One hour a at 2,000 r/min or at approxi-
mately half throttle.

2. One hour b at 3,000 r/min or 3/4 throttle

and one minute out of every ten at full
throttle.

3. Eight hours c at any speed, however,

avoid running at full speed for more than
five minutes.

1-31 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 SPEC

Specifications

General specifications................................................................................... 2-1

Maintenance specifications ..........................................................................2-3

Power unit..................................................................................................2-3
1
Lower unit ..................................................................................................2-6
Electrical .................................................................................................... 2-7
Dimensions..............................................................................................2-11

Tightening torques....................................................................................... 2-14

2
Specified torques.....................................................................................2-14

3
General torques....................................................................................... 2-17

4
5
6
7
8
9
69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 SPEC
Specifications
General specifications 2

Model
Item Unit
F200TR LF200TR F225TR LF225TR
Dimension
Overall length mm (in) 892 (35.1)
Overall width mm (in) 634 (25.0)
Overall height
(X) mm (in) 1,805 (71.1)
(U) mm (in) — 1,932 (76.1)
Boat transom height
(X) mm (in) 635 (25.0)
(U) mm (in) — 762 (30.0)
Weight
(without propeller)
(X) kg (lb) 265 (584)
(U) kg (lb) — 271 (597)
Performance
Maximum output kW (hp) 147.1 (200) 165.5 (225)
at 5,500 r/min
Full throttle operating range r/min 5,000–6,000
Maximum fuel consumption L (US gal, 66.0 (17.4, 14.5) 70.0 (18.5, 15.4)
lmp gal)/hr
at 6,000 r/min
Power unit
Type V6, 4-stroke, DOHC, 24 valves
Cylinder quantity 6
Displacement cm3 (cu. in) 3,352 (204.5)
Bore × stroke mm (in) 94.0 × 80.5 (3.70 × 3.17)
Compression ratio 9.9
Control system Remote control
Starting system Electric
Ignition control system Microcomputer (TCI)
Ignition timing Degree TDC–BTDC 21 TDC–BTDC 24
Alternator output V, A 12, 45
Spark plugs LFR5A-11 (NGK)
Cooling system Water
Exhaust system Through propeller boss
Lubrication system Wet sump

2-1 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 General specifications
Model
Item Unit
F200TR LF200TR F225TR LF225TR
Fuel and oil
Fuel type
Fuel rating

Engine oil type

PON(*1)
RON
Regular unleaded gasoline
86
91
4-stroke motor oil
1
Engine oil grade API SE, SF, SG, SH, or SJ

Engine oil quantity

(with oil filter replacement)
SAE

L
10W-30 or 10W-40

6.0 (6.3, 5.3)

2
(US qt, lmp qt)

3
(without oil filter replacement) L 5.8 (6.1, 5.1)
(US qt, lmp qt)
Gear oil type GEAR CASE LUBE
Gear oil grade SAE 90
Gear oil quantity L 1.15 1.00 1.15 1.00

Bracket
Trim angle
(at 12 degree boat transom)
(US qt, lmp qt) (1.22, 1.01) (1.06, 0.88) (1.22, 1.01) (1.06, 0.88)

Degree –3–16
4
Tilt-up angle Degree 70
Steering angle
Drive unit
Gearshift positions
Degree 32 + 32

F-N-R
5
Gear ratio 2.00 (30/15)
Reduction gear type
Clutch type
Propeller shaft type
Propeller direction
Spiral bevel gear
Dog clutch
Spline
Clockwise Counter- Clockwise Counter-
6
(rear view) clockwise clockwise
Propeller identification mark
Electrical
Battery minimum capacity(*2)
T, M TL, ML T, M TL, ML
7
CCA/SAE A 512

(*1)
MCA/ABYC
RC/SAE
A
Minute
PON: Pump Octane Number = (RON + Motor Octane Number)/2
RON: Research Octane Number
675
182
8
(*2) CCA: Cold Cranking Ampere

MCA: Marine Cranking Ampere

ABYC: American Boat and Yacht Council
SAE: Society of Automotive Engineers
RC: Reserve Capacity
9
69J1D11 2-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 SPEC
Specifications
Maintenance specifications 2

Power unit
Model
Item Unit
F200TR LF200TR F225TR LF225TR
Power unit
Minimum compression kPa 880 (8.8, 125)
pressure(*1) (kgf/cm2, psi)
Lubrication oil pressure(*2) kPa (kgf/cm2, 650 (6.5, 924)
psi) at
700 r/min
Cylinder heads
Warpage limit mm (in) 0.1 (0.004)

(lines indicate straightedge

position)
Camshaft cap inside diameter mm (in) 25.00–25.02 (0.9843–0.9850)
Cylinders
Bore size mm (in) 94.00–94.02 (3.7008–3.7016)
Taper limit mm (in) 0.08 (0.0032)
Out-of-round limit mm (in) 0.05 (0.0020)
Pistons
Piston diameter (D) mm (in) 93.921–93.941 (3.6977–3.6985)
Measuring point (H) mm (in) 5 (0.2)
Piston-to-cylinder clearance mm (in) 0.075–0.080 (0.0029–0.0031)
Piston pin boss bore mm (in) 21.02–21.03 (0.8276–0.8280)
Piston pins
Outside diameter mm (in) 21.00 (0.827)
Piston rings
Top ring
Dimension B mm (in) 1.17–1.19 (0.0461–0.0468)
Dimension T mm (in) 2.8–3.0 (0.110–0.118)
End gap mm (in) 0.15–0.30 (0.0059–0.0118)
Side clearance mm (in) 0.04–0.08 (0.0016–0.0031)
(*1) Measure conditions:
Ambient temperature 20 °C (68 °F), wide open throttle, with spark plugs removed from all cylinders.
The figures are for reference only.
(*2) The figures are for reference only.

2-3 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Maintenance specifications
Model
Item Unit
F200TR LF200TR F225TR LF225TR
2nd ring
Dimension B
Dimension T
End gap
Side clearance
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
1.17–1.19 (0.0461–0.0468)
3.6–3.8 (0.142–0.150)
0.30–0.45 (0.0118–0.0177)
0.03–0.07 (0.0012–0.0027)
1
Oil ring
Dimension B
Dimension T
End gap
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
2.40–2.47 (0.0945–0.0972)
2.3–2.7 (0.091–0.106)
0.15–0.60 (0.0059–0.0236)
2
Side clearance mm (in) 0.04–0.13 (0.0016–0.0051)
Camshafts
Intake (A)
Exhaust (A)
Intake and
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
45.30–45.40 (1.7835–1.7874)
45.35–45.45 (1.7854–1.7894)
35.95–36.05 (1.4154–1.4193)
3
exhaust (B)
Camshaft journal diameter
Camshaft journal oil clearance
Camshaft runout limit
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
24.96–24.98 (0.9827–0.9834)
0.02–0.06 (0.0008–0.0023)
0.03 (0.0012)
4
Valves
Valve clearance (cold)
Intake
Exhaust
Head diameter (A)
mm (in)
mm (in)
0.20 ± 0.03 (0.008 ± 0.001)
0.34 ± 0.03 (0.013 ± 0.001)
5
Intake mm (in) 34.85–35.15 (1.3720–1.3839)
Exhaust

Face width (B)

mm (in) 29.85–30.15 (1.1752–1.1870)
6
Intake mm (in) 2.11 (0.0831)

7
Exhaust mm (in) 2.43 (0.0957)
Seat contact width (C)
Intake mm (in) 1.1–1.4 (0.043–0.055)
Exhaust mm (in) 1.4–1.7 (0.055–0.067)
Margin thickness (D)
Intake
Exhaust
Stem diameter
mm (in)
mm (in)
0.7 (0.028)
1.0 (0.039) 8
Intake mm (in) 5.477–5.492 (0.2156–0.2162)

9
Exhaust mm (in) 5.464–5.479 (0.2151–0.2157)
Guide inside diameter
Intake and exhaust mm (in) 5.504–5.522 (0.2167–0.2174)
Stem-to-guide clearance
Intake and exhaust mm (in) 0.025–0.058 (0.0010–0.0023)
Stem runout limit
Intake and exhaust mm (in) 0.01 (0.0004)

69J1D11 2-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 SPEC
Specifications
Model
Item Unit
F200TR LF200TR F225TR LF225TR
Valve springs
Free length mm (in) 44.20 (1.740)
Minimum free length mm (in) 42.60 (1.677)
Tilt limit mm (in) 1.5 (0.06)
Valve lifters
Valve lifter outside diameter mm (in) 32.98–33.00 (1.2984–1.2992)
Valve lifter-to-cylinder head mm (in) 0.02–0.05 (0.0008–0.0020)
clearance
Valve shims
Valve shim thickness mm (in) 2.320–2.960 (0.0913–0.1165)
(in 0.020 mm increments)
Connecting rods
Small-end inside diameter mm (in) 21.00 (0.827)
Big-end inside diameter mm (in) 53.00 (2.087)
Crankpin oil clearance mm (in) 0.035–0.071 (0.0014–0.0028)
Big-end bearing thickness
Yellow mm (in) 1.492–1.496 (0.0587–0.0588)
Green mm (in) 1.496–1.500 (0.0588–0.0591)
Blue mm (in) 1.500–1.504 (0.0591–0.0592)
Crankshaft
Crankshaft journal diameter mm (in) 62.968–62.992 (2.4791–2.4800)
Crankpin diameter mm (in) 49.976–50.000 (1.9676–1.9685)
Crankpin width mm (in) 21.50–21.55 (0.8465–0.8484)
Runout limit mm (in) 0.03 (0.0012)
Crankcase
Crankshaft main journal oil mm (in) 0.025–0.050 (0.0010–0.0020)
clearance
Upper crankcase main journal
bearing thickness
1 mm (in) 2.494–2.500 (0.0981–0.0984)
2 mm (in) 2.498–2.504 (0.0983–0.0986)
3 mm (in) 2.502–2.508 (0.0985–0.0987)
Lower crankcase main journal
bearing thickness
1 mm (in) 2.494–2.500 (0.0981–0.0984)
2 mm (in) 2.498–2.504 (0.0983–0.0986)
3 mm (in) 2.502–2.508 (0.0985–0.0987)
#3 main journal bearing
thickness (lower)
1 mm (in) 2.492–2.500 (0.0980–0.0984)
2 mm (in) 2.496–2.504 (0.0982–0.0986)
3 mm (in) 2.500–2.508 (0.0984–0.0987)

2-5 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Maintenance specifications
Model
Item Unit
F200TR LF200TR F225TR LF225TR
Oil pump
Discharge
at 97–103 °C (207–217 °F)
with 10W-40 engine oil
Pressure
L (US gal,
Imp gal)/min
at 700 r/min
kPa
8.8 (2.32, 1.94)

138 (1.38, 19.62)

1
(kgf/cm2, psi)
Relief valve opening pressure

Thermostats
kPa
(kgf/cm2, psi)
529–647 (5.29–6.47, 75.22–92.00)
2
Opening temperature °C (°F) 58–62 (136–144)

3
Fully open temperature °C (°F) 70 (158)
Valve open lower limit mm (in) 4.3 (0.17)
Engine speed
Engine idle speed r/min 650–750

Lower unit

Item Unit
F200TR
Model
LF200TR F225TR LF225TR
4
Gear backlash

5
Pinion-to-forward gear mm (in) 0.21–0.44 0.35–0.70 0.21–0.44 0.35–0.70
(0.008– (0.014– (0.008– (0.014–
0.017) 0.028) 0.017) 0.028)
Pinion-to-reverse gear mm (in) 0.70–1.03 (0.028–0.041)
Pinion shims mm 0.10, 0.12, 0.15, 0.18, 0.30, 0.40, 0.50
Forward gear shims
Reverse gear shims
Propeller shaft shims
mm
mm
mm
0.10, 0.12, 0.15, 0.18, 0.30, 0.40, 0.50
0.10, 0.12, 0.15, 0.18, 0.30, 0.40, 0.50
— 0.10, 0.12,
0.15, 0.18,
— 0.10, 0.12,
0.15, 0.18,
6
0.30, 0.40, 0.30, 0.40,
0.50 0.50
7
8
9
69J1D11 2-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 SPEC
Specifications
Electrical
Model
Item Unit
F200TR LF200TR F225TR LF225TR
Ignition and ignition control
system
Pulser coil output peak voltage
(W/R – B, W/B – B, W/G – B)
at cranking (unloaded) V 5.3
at cranking (loaded) V 5.3
at 1,500 r/min (loaded) V 20
at 3,500 r/min (loaded) V 43
Pulser coil resistance(*1) Ω 459–561
(W/R – B, W/B – B, W/G – B)
ECM output peak voltage
(B/O – B, B/Y – B, B/W – B)
at cranking (loaded) V 252
at 1,500 r/min (loaded) V 260
at 3,500 r/min (loaded) V 260
Spark plug gap mm (in) 1.0–1.1 (0.039–0.043)
Ignition coil resistance
Primary coil (R/Y – B/O, Ω 1.5–1.9
R/Y – B/Y, R/Y – B/W)
Secondary coil kΩ 19.6–35.4
(spark plug wire –
spark plug wire)
Throttle position sensor output mV 695–705
voltage (P – B)
Oil pressure sensor output V 3.8
voltage (engine idle speed)
(O – B)
Intake air temperature sensor
resistance
at 0 °C (32 °F) kΩ 5.4–6.6
at 80 °C (176 °F) kΩ 0.29–0.39
Engine temperature sensor
resistance (B/Y – B)
at 20 °C (68 °F) kΩ 54.2–69.0
at 100 °C (212 °F) kΩ 3.12–3.48
Thermoswitch continuity
temperature (P – B)
ON °C (°F) 84–90 (183–194)
OFF °C (°F) 68–82 (154–179)
(*1)
The figures are for reference only.

2-7 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Maintenance specifications
Model
Item Unit
F200TR LF200TR F225TR LF225TR
Fuel control system
Fuel injector resistance(*1)
at 20 °C (68 °F)
Starter motor
Type
Ω 14.0–15.0

Sliding gear
1
Output kW 1.4
Cranking time limit
Brushes
Standard length
Second

mm (in)
30

15.5 (0.61)
2
Wear limit mm (in) 9.5 (0.37)
Commutator
Standard diameter
Wear limit
Mica
mm (in)
mm (in)
29.0 (1.14)
28.0 (1.10)
3
Standard undercut mm (in) 0.5–0.8 (0.02–0.03)
Wear limit
Charging system
Fuse
mm (in)

A
0.2 (0.01)

5, 20, 30
4
Stator coil output peak voltage

at cranking (unloaded)
(G – G)

at 1,500 r/min (unloaded)

at 3,500 r/min (unloaded)
V
V
V
10
42
93
5
(G/W – G/W)
at cranking (unloaded)
at 1,500 r/min (unloaded)
at 3,500 r/min (unloaded)
V
V
V
9.0
34
78
6
Stator coil resistance(*1)
Ω

7
(G – G) 0.28–0.42, 0.24–0.36
(G/W – G/W) Ω 0.24–0.36, 0.20–0.31
Rectifier Regulator output
peak voltage (R – B, R/Y – B)
at 1,500 r/min (unloaded) V 13

(*1)
at 3,500 r/min (unloaded)
The figures are for reference only.
V 13
8
9
69J1D11 2-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 SPEC
Specifications
Model
Item Unit
F200TR LF200TR F225TR LF225TR
Power trim and tilt system
Trim sensor
Setting resistance Ω 9–11
Resistance (P – B) Ω 9–387.6
Fluid type ATF Dexron II
Brushes
Standard length mm (in) 12.0 (0.47)
Wear limit mm (in) 4.0 (0.16)
Commutator
Standard diameter mm (in) 25.0 (0.98)

2-9 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Maintenance specifications
— MEMO —

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
69J1D11 2-10

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 SPEC
Specifications
Dimensions
Exterior

W5

T1

A1

W1

L7 L6
L2 L1

L10

H9
H2

H7

H8
H10 L8
H4
C3

H1 L5 A2
H6
H3

12˚

H11 A3
L9 L4
S69J2130

2-11 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Maintenance specifications
Model
Symbol Unit
F200TR LF200TR F225TR LF225TR
L1 mm (in) 651 (25.6)
L2
L3
L4
L5 (X)
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
219 (8.6)
—
673 (26.5)
59 (2.3)
1
(U) mm (in) — 59 (2.3)
L6

L7
(X)
(U)
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
—
1,155 (45.5)

618 (24.3)
1,272 (50.1) 2
L8 mm (in) 230 (9.1)
L9

L10
H1
(X)
(U)

(X)
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
—
52 (2.0)

75 (3.0)
1,078 (42.4)
59 (2.3)
3
(U) mm (in) — 1,205 (47.4)
H2
H3
H4 (X)
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
727 (28.6)
216 (8.5)
643 (25.3)
4
(U) mm (in) — 770 (30.3)
H5
H6

H7
(X)
(U)
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
—
—
847 (33.3)

361 (14.2)
924 (36.4)
5
H8 mm (in) 39 (1.5)
H9
H10
H11 (X)
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
880 (34.6)
45 (1.8)
25 (1.0)
6
(U) mm (in) — 25 (1.0)
W1
W2
W3
W4
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
mm (in)
317 (12.5)
—
—
—
7
W5 mm (in) 453 (17.8)
W6
A1
A2
mm (in)
Degree
Degree
—
32
70
8
A3 Degree 3

9
T1 mm (in) 724 (28.5)

69J1D11 2-12

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 SPEC
Specifications
Clamp bracket

B5

B3

B4
B9 C3
B9
B9
B2
D1

B6

D2

D1
B1 S69J2140

Model
Symbol Unit
F200TR LF200TR F225TR LF225TR
B1 mm (in) 125 (4.9)
B2 mm (in) 254 (10.0)
B3 mm (in) 163 (6.4)
B4 mm (in) 51 (2.0)
B5 mm (in) 180 (7.1)
B6 mm (in) 411 (16.2)
B7 mm (in) —
B8 mm (in) —
B9 mm (in) 19 (0.7)
C2 mm (in) —
C3 mm (in) 79 (3.1)
D1 mm (in) 13 (0.5)
D2 mm (in) 56 (2.2)

2-13 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Maintenance specifications / Tightening torques
Tightening torques 2

Specified torques
Tightening torques

Fuel system
Part to be tightened

Fuel filter holder bolt

Thread size

M6
N·m

8
kgf·m

0.8
ft·lb

5.8
1
Fuel filter bracket bolt M6 8 0.8 5.8
Intake air temperature sensor
Low-pressure fuel pump bracket bolt
Fuel cooler nut
Float chamber bracket bolt
—
M5
—
M8
4
5
5
7
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.7
2.9
3.6
3.6
5.1
2
Vapor separator cover screw M4 2 0.2 1.4
Link rod nut
Magnet control lever joint
Throttle cam bolt
—
—
—
4
4
8
0.4
0.4
0.8
2.9
2.9
5.8
3
Power unit
PTT motor lead bolt
Upper case cover bolt
Apron bolt
Power unit bolt
M6
M6
M6
M9 • M10
4
8
8
42
0.4
0.8
0.8
4.2
2.9
5.8
5.8
30
4
Flywheel magnet nut — 240 24 174
PTT relay nut
Starter relay lead bolt
Battery cable nut
—
M6
—
4

9
4
0.4
0.4
0.9
2.9
2.9
6.5
5
Starter motor bolt M8 29 2.9 21

6
1st 6 0.6 4.3
Rectifier Regulator M6
2nd 12 1.2 8.7
Link rod nut — 4 0.4 2.9
Oil pressure sensor — 18 1.8 13
Oil filter union bolt — 34 3.4 25
Oil filter
Driven sprocket bolt
Timing belt tensioner bolt
—
M10
—
18
60
39
1.8
6.0
3.9
13
43
28
7
Drive sprocket bolt M5 7 0.7 5.1

8
Cylinder head cover plate screw M4 2 0.2 1.4
1st 8 0.8 5.8
Cylinder head cover bolt M6
2nd 8 0.8 5.8
1st 8 0.8 5.8
Camshaft cap bolt M7
2nd 17 1.7 12

Exhaust cover bolt

Exhaust outer cover bolt

1st
2nd
1st
2nd
M6

M8
6
12
14
28
0.6
1.2
1.4
2.8
4.3
8.7
10
20
9
Exhaust outer cover plug M18 55 5.5 40
Timing chain tensioner bolt M6 12 1.2 8.7

69J1D11 2-14

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 SPEC
Specifications
Tightening torques
Part to be tightened Thread size
N·m kgf·m ft·lb
Spark plug — 25 2.5 18
1st 19 1.9 14
2nd M10 37 3.7 27
Cylinder head bolt 3rd 90°
1st 14 1.4 10
M8
2nd 28 2.8 20
Engine hanger bolt M6 12 1.2 8.7
Cooling water cover bolt M6 12 1.2 8.7
Starboard cylinder head plug — 23 2.3 17
Cylinder block plug — 23 2.3 17
Engine temperature sensor — 15 1.5 11
1st 23 2.3 17
Connecting rod cap 2nd — 48 4.8 35
3rd 90°
Baffle plate nut — 12 1.2 8.7
1st 14 1.4 10
Crankcase cover bolt M8
2nd 28 2.8 20
Crankcase cover plate screw M4 2 0.2 1.4
Oil pump screw — 4 0.4 2.9
1st 25 2.5 18
Crankcase stud bolt M8
2nd 90°
1st 40 4.0 29
M10
2nd 90°
Crankcase bolt
1st 14 1.4 10
M8
2nd 28 2.8 20
Lower unit (regular rotation model)
Trim tab bolt M10 43 4.3 31
Lower unit bolt M10 47 4.7 34
Propeller nut — 55 5.5 40
Propeller shaft housing grease nipple — 6 0.6 4.3
Propeller shaft housing bolt M8 30 3.0 22
Pinion nut — 142 14.2 103
Lower unit (counter rotation model)
Trim tab bolt M10 43 4.3 31
Lower unit bolt M10 47 4.7 34
Propeller nut — 55 5.5 40
Ring nut — 108 10.8 78
Propeller shaft housing bolt M8 30 3.0 22
Propeller shaft housing grease nipple — 6 0.6 4.3
Pinion nut — 142 14.2 103
Bracket unit
Shift rod detent bolt — 18 1.8 13
Flushing hose adapter screw M6 5 0.5 3.6
Upper mount bracket bolt M10 54 5.4 39

2-15 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Tightening torques
Tightening torques
Part to be tightened Thread size
N·m kgf·m ft·lb
Upper case mount nut — 72 7.2 52
Engine oil drain bolt
Apron stay
Pressure control valve
M14
—
—
M8
27
8
8
20
2.7
0.8
0.8
2.0
19
5.8
5.8
14
1
Upper exhaust guide bolt
M10 42 4.2 30
Oil strainer bolt
Oil pan bolt
Exhaust manifold bolt
M6
M8
M8
10
20
20
1.0
2.0
2.0
7.2
14
14
2
Muffler bolt M8 20 2.0 14
Baffle plate screw
Clamp bracket self-locking nut
Friction plate screw
Trim stopper nut
M6
—
M6
—
4
22
4
36
0.4
2.2
0.4
3.6
2.9
16
2.9
25
3
Power trim and tilt unit
Reservoir bolt
Reservoir cap
Manual valve
M8
M12
—
18
7
2
1.8
0.7
0.2
13
5.1
1.4
4
Fluid pipe — 15 1.5 11
Trim cylinder end screw
Trim piston bolt
Tilt ram
Tilt cylinder end screw
—
M8
—
—
160
38
55
90
16
3.8
5.5
9.0
115
27
40
65
5
Tilt piston bolt M6 7 0.7 5.1
Gear housing bolt
Gear housing bracket bolt
M5
M5
7
7
0.7
0.7
5.1
5.1 6
7
8
9
69J1D11 2-16

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 SPEC
Specifications
General torques
This chart specifies tightening torques for
standard fasteners with a standard ISO
thread pitch. Tightening torque specifications
for special components or assemblies are
provided in applicable sections of this man-
ual. To avoid warpage, tighten multi-fastener
assemblies in a crisscross fashion and pro-
gressive stages until the specified torque is
reached. Unless otherwise specified, torque
specifications require clean, dry threads.
Components should be at room temperature.

General torque
Nut (A) Bolt (B) specifications
N·m kgf·m ft·lb
8 mm M5 5 0.5 3.6
10 mm M6 8 0.8 5.8
12 mm M8 18 1.8 13
14 mm M10 36 3.6 25
17 mm M12 43 4.3 31

2-17 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 CHK
ADJ
Periodic checks and adjustments

Special service tools .....................................................................................3-1

Maintenance interval chart............................................................................3-2 1

Top cowling .................................................................................................... 3-4
Checking the top cowling...........................................................................3-4

Fuel system .................................................................................................... 3-4

Checking the fuel joint and fuel hoses (fuel joint-to-fuel injector) ..............3-4
2
Measuring the fuel pressure (high-pressure fuel line) ............................... 3-5
Checking the fuel filter ............................................................................... 3-5

Power unit....................................................................................................... 3-5

Checking the engine oil .............................................................................3-5
3
Changing the engine oil using an oil changer............................................3-6
Changing the engine oil by draining it .......................................................3-6
Replacing the oil filter ................................................................................ 3-7
Checking the timing belt ............................................................................3-8
Replacing the timing belt ...........................................................................3-8
4
Checking the valve clearance.................................................................... 3-8
Checking the spark plugs ..........................................................................3-8
Checking the thermostat............................................................................3-9
Checking the cooling water passage.........................................................3-9 5
Control system ............................................................................................... 3-9
Checking the throttle link and throttle cable operation............................... 3-9
Adjusting the throttle link and throttle cable operation (with a stop bolt) .... 3-10
Adjusting the throttle link and throttle cable operation
(without a stop bolt) ............................................................................... 3-11
6
Checking the gearshift operation............................................................. 3-12
Checking the engine idle speed ..............................................................3-13
Checking the ignition timing..................................................................... 3-15

Power trim and tilt unit ................................................................................ 3-15

7
Checking the power trim and tilt operation .............................................. 3-15
Checking the power trim and tilt fluid level .............................................. 3-16

Lower unit ..................................................................................................... 3-16

Checking the gear oil level ...................................................................... 3-16
8
Changing the gear oil .............................................................................. 3-17
Checking the lower unit (for air leakage) ................................................. 3-18
Checking the propeller............................................................................. 3-18

General..........................................................................................................3-18
9
Checking the anodes............................................................................... 3-18
Checking the battery................................................................................ 3-19
Lubrication ...............................................................................................3-20

69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 CHK
ADJ Periodic checks and adjustments
Special service tools 3

Fuel pressure gauge

YB-06766

Inductive self-powered tachometer

YU-08036-B

Battery powered timing light

YM-33277-A

Pressure/vacuum tester
YB-35956-A

3-1 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Special service tools / Maintenance interval chart
Maintenance interval chart 3

Use the following chart as a guideline for general maintenance.

Adjust the maintenance intervals according to the operating conditions of the outboard motor.
Initial Every
1

(3 months)

(6 months)
(Break-in)

100 hours

200 hours

400 hours
Refer to

(2 years)
10 hours

50 hours

(1 year)
Item Remarks
page

Top cowling
Top cowling fit
Fuel system
Fuel joint and fuel hoses
Check

Check
(before each use)

(before each use)

3-4

3-4
2
Fuel filter (disposable type) Check/replace —
Fuel filter (water separator)
Fuel tank(*1)
Power unit
Check
Clean
(before each use) 3-5
— 3
Engine oil Check (before each use) 3-5

4
Change 3-6
Oil filter Change 3-7
Oil pump Check 5-55
Timing chain Check/replace (1,000 hours 5-39
or 5 years)
Chain tensioner
Timing belt(*2)

Valve clearance
Check/replace
Check/replace

Check/adjust
5-39
3-8,
5-21
5-15
5
Spark plugs Clean/adjust/replace 3-8
Thermostat
Pressure control valve
Flywheel magnet nut
Check
Check
Check
5-60
—
—
6
Motor exterior Check (before each use) —
Oil leakage
Cooling water passage(*3)
Control system
Throttle link
Check
Clean

Check/adjust
(after each use)
—
3-9

3-9,
7
3-10,

Throttle cable Check/adjust

3-11
3-9,
3-10,
8
3-11

9
Shift cable Check/adjust 3-12
Engine idle speed Adjust 3-13
Ignition timing Check 3-15
Power trim and tilt unit
Power trim and tilt unit Check 3-15,
3-16

69J1D11 3-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 CHK
ADJ Periodic checks and adjustments
Initial Every

(3 months)

(6 months)
(Break-in)
Refer to

100 hours

200 hours

400 hours
(2 years)
10 hours

50 hours

(1 year)
Item Remarks
page

Lower unit
Gear oil Change 3-17
Impeller/Woodruff key Check/replace (500 hours 6-8,
or 30 months) 6-34
Oil seals Check/replace —
Propeller Check (before each use) 3-18
General
Anodes/Trim tab Check/replace 3-18
Battery Check/charge 3-19
Wiring and connectors Adjust/reconnect —
Nuts and bolts(*4) Tighten —
Lubrication points Lubricate 3-20

NOTE:
(*1) If equipped with a portable fuel tank.
(*2) Be sure to replace the timing belt every 1,000 hours of operation or every five years.
(*3) The engine should be flushed with fresh water after operating in salt, turbid, or muddy water.
(*4) Do not retighten the cylinder head and crankcase bolts.

3-3 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Maintenance interval chart / Top cowling / Fuel system
Top cowling 3

Checking the top cowling

1. Check the fitting by pushing the cowling
with both hands. Adjust if necessary.

1
Fuel system 3
2
Checking the fuel joint and fuel

2. Loosen the bolts 1.

hoses (fuel joint-to-fuel injector)
1. Remove the flywheel magnet cover and
intake silencer. 3
3. Move the hook 2 up or down slightly to 2. Check the low-pressure fuel hose con-
adjust its position. nections and fuel joint for leaks. Replace
if necessary. Also, check the fuel filter 1,
low-pressure fuel pump 2, and check
valve 3 for leaks and deterioration.
4
Replace if necessary.

3. Check the high-pressure fuel hose con-

nections and fuel joint 4 for leaks.
Replace if necessary. Also, check the
5
vapor separator 5, fuel rail 6, fuel injec-

NOTE:
• To loosen the fitting, move the hook in
tor 7, pressure regulator 8, and fuel
cooler 9 for leaks and deterioration.
Replace if necessary.
6
direction a.

7
• To tighten the fitting, move the hook in
direction b.

4. Tighten the bolts.

5. Check the fitting again and, if necessary,

repeat steps 2–4.

6. Check the top cowling hose for cracks or

8
damage. Replace if necessary.

9
69J1D11 3-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 CHK
ADJ Periodic checks and adjustments
Measuring the fuel pressure
(high-pressure fuel line)
1. Remove the cap 1.

2. Install the fuel pressure gauge onto the

pressure check valve.
È

NOTE:
Be sure not to spill any fuel when removing
the fuel filter cup.

Power unit 3

Checking the engine oil

Fuel pressure gauge: YB-06766 1. Place the outboard motor in an upright
position.
3. Turn the engine start switch to ON, and
2. Remove the engine oil dipstick, wipe it
then measure the fuel pressure.
clean, and then insert it back into the oil
NOTE: filler hole.
After the engine start switch is turned to ON,
the fuel pressure will decrease gradually. 3. Remove the dipstick again to check the
oil level, and the oil for discoloration and
its viscosity.
Fuel pressure:
310 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 44 psi)

4. Start the engine and warm it up for 5 min-

utes, and then measure the fuel pres-
sure.

NOTE:
The pressure regulator can be checked since
the fuel pressure (310 kPa [3.1 kg/cm2, 44
psi]), from when the engine switch is turned
to ON, decreases when the engine is idling. NOTE:
• Change the oil if it appears milky or dirty.
• If the engine oil is above the maximum level
Fuel pressure: mark (H), drain sufficient oil until the level is
270 kPa (2.7 kgf/cm2, 38 psi) between (H) and (L).
• If the engine oil is below the minimum level
Checking the fuel filter mark (L), add sufficient oil until the level is
1. Check the fuel filter element 1 for dirt between (H) and (L).
and residue and check the fuel filter cup
2 for foreign substances and cracks.
Clean with straight gasoline and replace
the cup if necessary.

3-5 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Fuel system / Power unit
Changing the engine oil using an oil 6. Install the oil filler cap and dipstick, and
changer then start the engine and warm it up for 5
1. Start the engine and warm it up. minutes.

2. Remove the engine oil dipstick and oil

filler cap 1.
7. Turn the engine off, and then check the
oil level and correct it if necessary. 1
Changing the engine oil by draining

2
it
1. Start the engine and warm it up.

2. Remove the engine oil dipstick and oil

filler cap 1.

3
3. Insert the tube of the oil changer 2 into
the dipstick guide 3.

4
3. Remove the starboard apron 2.
5
6
4. Operate the oil changer to extract the oil.

NOTE:
S69J3120

4. Place a drain pan under the drain hole,

7
Be sure to clean up any oil spills. and then remove the drain bolt 3 and let

8
the oil drain completely.

5. Pour the specified amount of the recom-

mended engine oil into the oil filler hole.

Recommended engine oil:

4-stroke motor oil
API: SE, SF, SG, SH, or SJ
SAE: 10W-30 or 10W-40
Oil quantity:
9
Without oil filter replacement:
5.8 L (6.1 US qt, 5.1 Imp qt)

69J1D11 3-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 CHK
ADJ Periodic checks and adjustments

LT
572

S69J3140

Apron bolt:
8 N·m (0.8 kgf·m, 5.8 ft·lb)

T.
R.
Replacing the oil filter
NOTE: 1. Extract the engine oil with an oil changer
Be sure to clean up any oil spills.
or drain it.

5. Install the drain bolt, and then tighten it to 2. Remove the oil filter cover 1.
the specified torque.

Drain bolt:
27 N·m (2.7 kgf·m, 19 ft·lb)
T.
R.

6. Pour the specified amount of the recom-

mended engine oil into the oil filler hole.

Recommended engine oil:

4-stroke motor oil
API: SE, SF, SG, SH, or SJ 3. Place a rag under the oil filter, and then
SAE: 10W-30 or 10W-40 remove the filter using a 72.5 mm (2.9 in)
Oil quantity: oil filter wrench.
Without oil filter replacement:
5.8 L (6.1 US qt, 5.1 Imp qt)

7. Install the oil filler cap and dipstick, and

then start the engine and warm it up for 5
minutes.

8. Turn the engine off, and then check the

oil level and correct it if necessary.

9. Install the starboard apron 2, and then

tighten it to the specified torque. NOTE:
Be sure to clean up any oil spills.

4. Apply a thin coat of engine oil to the O-

ring of the new oil filter.

3-7 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit
5. Install the oil filter, and then tighten it to 3. Turn the crankshaft clockwise two turns
the specified torque using a 72.5 mm to take up slack in the timing belt.
(2.9 in) oil filter wrench.

1
2
Replacing the timing belt
NOTE:
For replacement procedures, see Chapter 5,
“Replacing the timing belt.”
3
Oil filter: 18 N·m (1.8 kgf·m, 13 ft·lb)
4
T.
R.

Checking the valve clearance

6. Pour the specified amount of the recom- NOTE:
mended engine oil into the oil filler hole. For checking procedures, see Chapter 5,

Recommended engine oil:

4-stroke motor oil
API: SE, SF, SG, SH, or SJ
“Checking the valve clearance.”

Checking the spark plugs

5
SAE: 10W-30 or 10W-40 1. Remove the ignition coil cover.
Oil quantity:
With oil filter replacement:
6.0 L (6.3 US qt, 5.3 Imp qt)
2. Disconnect the spark plug wires, and
then remove the spark plugs. 6
3. Clean the electrodes 1 with a spark plug
7. Install the oil filler cap and dipstick, and

7
cleaner or wire brush. Replace the spark
then start the engine and warm it up for 5
plug if necessary.
minutes.

8. Turn the engine off, and then check the

oil level and correct it if necessary.

9. Install the oil filter cover.

Checking the timing belt

8
1. Remove the flywheel magnet cover.

2. While turning the flywheel magnet clock-

wise, check the interior a and the exte-
rior b of the timing belt for cracks,
4. Check the electrodes for erosion and
9
excessive carbon or other deposits, and
damage, or wear. Replace if necessary.
the gasket for damage. Replace the
spark plug if necessary.

69J1D11 3-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 CHK
ADJ Periodic checks and adjustments
5. Check the spark plug gap a. Adjust if out
of specification.

Specified spark plug:

LFR5A-11 (NGK)
Spark plug gap a:
1.0–1.1 mm (0.039–0.043 in)
S69J3220

6. Install the spark plug, tighten it finger

tight b, then to the specified torque with 2. Place the lower unit in water, and then
a spark plug wrench c. start the engine.

3. Check for water flow at the cooling water

pilot hole. If there is no water flow, check
the cooling water passage inside the out-
board motor.

Spark plug:
25 N·m (2.5 kgf·m, 18 ft·lb)
T.
R.

S69J3225
Checking the thermostat
NOTE: Control system 3

For checking procedures, see Chapter 5, Checking the throttle link and throttle
“Checking the thermostat.” cable operation
1. Check that the throttle control cam 1 is
Checking the cooling water passage in its fully closed position and the align-
ment mark a is between the alignment
1. Check the cooling water inlet cover 1
mark b when the remote control lever is
and cooling water inlet for clogs. Clean if
in the neutral position. Adjust the length
necessary.
of the throttle cable and position of the
throttle control lever if necessary.

3-9 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit / Control system
4. Push the throttle control lever 8 against
the stop bolt 7.

1
Adjusting the throttle link and
2
throttle cable operation (with a stop
NOTE:
bolt)
NOTE:
• Be sure to synchronize the throttle valves
Use a general bolt with the specified mea-
surements. 3
before adjusting the throttle link.
Stop bolt 7:

4
• For synchronizing procedures, see Chapter
a: 10 mm (0.39 in)
4, “Synchronizing the throttle valve.”
b: 6.0 mm (0.24 in)
1. Loosen the locknut 1, remove the clip c: 1.0 mm (0.04 in)
2, and then disconnect the throttle cable
joint 3. 5. Push the magnet control lever 6 in the
direction of the arrow to eliminate any
looseness, and then adjust the link rod 5
so that it aligns with the magnet control
5
lever joint 9.

6
2. Loosen the locknut 4 and disconnect the
link rod 5 from the magnet control lever
7
6.

6. Install the link rod 5 and tighten the lock-

nut 4.

7. Remove the stop bolt 7.

8
8. Check that the alignment mark d is
between the alignment mark e. If not,
repeat steps 2–6.
9
3. Install the stop bolt (general bolt) 7 into
the threaded hole.

69J1D11 3-10

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 CHK
ADJ Periodic checks and adjustments
12. Check the throttle cable for smooth oper-
ation and adjust the cable length, if nec-
essary, repeating steps 1–10.

Adjusting the throttle link and

throttle cable operation (without a
stop bolt)
NOTE:
• Be sure to synchronize the throttle valves
before adjusting the throttle link.
9. Place the throttle cam 0 against the fully • For synchronizing procedures, see Chapter
closed stopper f, and check that there 4, “Synchronizing the throttle valve.”
is a minimum clearance g of approxi-
mately 1.0 mm (0.04 in). 1. Loosen the locknut 1, remove the clip
2, and then disconnect the throttle cable
joint 3.

2. Loosen the locknut 4 and disconnect the

link rod 5 from the magnet control lever
10. Adjust the position of the throttle cable 6.
joint until its hole is aligned with the set
pin h on the throttle cam.

S69J3300

3. Adjust the link rod 5 so that the align-

ment mark a is between the alignment
CAUTION: marks b. Then, push the magnet control
The throttle cable joint must be screwed lever 6 in the direction of the arrow to
in a minimum of 8.0 mm (0.31 in) i. eliminate any looseness.

4. Install the link rod 5 and tighten the lock-

11. Connect the cable joint, install the clip, nut 4.
and then tighten the locknut.

3-11 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Control system
5. Check that the alignment mark a is
between the alignment marks b. If not,
repeat steps 2–4.

1
S69J3340

CAUTION:
2
The throttle cable joint must be screwed
in a minimum of 8.0 mm (0.31 in) f.

8. Connect the cable joint, install the clip,

and then tighten the locknut.
3
9. Check the throttle cable for smooth oper-
ation and adjust the cable length, if nec-
essary, repeating steps 1–7.
4
Checking the gearshift operation
6. Place the throttle cam 7 against the fully
closed stopper c, and check that there
is a minimum clearance d of approxi-
1. Check that the gearshift operates
smoothly when shifting from neutral into
forward or reverse. Adjust the shift cable
5
mately 1.0 mm (0.04 in). length if necessary.

2. Set the gearshift to the neutral position.

3. Loosen the locknut 1, remove the clip

2, and then disconnect the shift cable
6
joint 3.

7
8
9
7. Adjust the position of the throttle cable
joint until its hole is aligned with the set
4. Align the set pin a in the center of the
pin e on the throttle cam.
shift bracket and with the alignment
marks b on the bracket.

69J1D11 3-12

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 CHK
ADJ Periodic checks and adjustments

5. Adjust the position of the shift cable joint Inductive self-powered tachometer:
until its hole is aligned with the set pin. YU-08036-B

Engine idle speed: 650–750 r/min

4. Turn the engine off, loosen the locknut

2, and then disconnect the link rod 3
from the magnet control lever 4.
S69J3370

CAUTION:
The shift cable joint must be screwed in a
minimum of 8.0 mm (0.31 in) c.

6. Connect the cable joint, install the clip,

and then tighten the locknut.

7. Check the gearshift for smooth operation 5. Loosen the port throttle stop screw 5
and adjust the shift cable length, if nec- until it separates from the throttle body
essary, repeating steps 3–6. lever 6.

Checking the engine idle speed

1. Remove the ignition coil cover.

2. Start the engine and warm it up for 5 min-

utes.

3. Attach the special service tool to spark

plug wire #1 1, and then check the
engine idle speed. Adjust if out of specifi-
cation.
6. Start the engine, and then turn the star-
board throttle stop screw 7 in direction
a or b until the specified engine idle
speed is obtained.

3-13 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Control system
10. Install the link rod 3, and then tighten
the locknut 2.

11. Check that the alignment mark c is

between the alignment marks d. If nec-
essary, repeat steps 8–10. 1
NOTE:
• To increase the idle speed, turn the throttle
2
stop screw in direction a.
• To decrease the idle speed, turn the throttle
stop screw in direction b. 3
7. Tighten the port throttle stop screw 5
until it contacts the throttle body lever 6.
4
5
12. Place the throttle cam A against the fully
closed stopper e, and check that there

8. Loosen the locknut 8, remove the clip

9, and then disconnect the throttle cable
is a minimum clearance f of approxi-
mately 1.0 mm (0.04 in). 6
joint 0.

7
8
9. Adjust the link rod 3 so that the align-
ment mark c is between the alignment
marks d. Then, push the magnet control 13. Adjust the position of the throttle cable
9
lever 4 in the direction of the arrow to joint until its hole is aligned with the set
eliminate any looseness. pin g on the throttle cam.

69J1D11 3-14

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 CHK
ADJ Periodic checks and adjustments
4. Attach the special service tool to spark
plug wire #1.

S69J3470

CAUTION:
The throttle cable joint must be screwed
in a minimum of 8.0 mm (0.31 in) h.

14. Connect the cable joint, install the clip,

and then tighten the locknut.

15. Check the throttle cable for smooth oper-

ation and adjust the cable length, if nec-
essary, repeating steps 8–12.
Battery powered timing light:
YM-33277-A
Checking the ignition timing
1. Remove the ignition coil cover.
5. Check that the “1TDC” mark a on the
2. Start the engine and warm it up for 5 min- flywheel magnet is aligned with the mag-
utes. net base pointer b.

3. Attach the special service tool to spark

plug wire #1 1, and then check the
engine idle speed. Adjust if out of specifi-
cation.

Ignition timing: TDC

Power trim and tilt unit 3

Checking the power trim and tilt

Inductive self-powered tachometer:
operation
YU-08036-B
1. Fully tilt the outboard motor up and down
a few times and check the entire trim and
tilt range for smooth operation. Check the
Engine idle speed: 650–750 r/min power trim and tilt fluid level if necessary.

3-15 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Control system / Power trim and tilt unit / Lower unit

NOTE:
Be sure to listen to the winding sound of the
power trim and tilt motor for smooth opera-
tion.

2. Fully tilt the outboard motor up, and then

1
support it with the tilt stop lever 1 to
check the lock mechanism of the lever.

NOTE:
If the fluid is at the correct level, the fluid
2
should overflow out of the filler hole when the
cap is removed.

3. If necessary, add sufficient fluid of the

3
recommended type until it overflows out

Checking the power trim and tilt fluid

level
of the filler hole.

Recommended power trim and tilt

fluid:
4
1. Fully tilt the outboard motor up, and then ATF Dexron II
support it with the tilt stop lever 1.
4. Install the reservoir cap, and then tighten
it to the specified torque.
5
Reservoir cap:
7 N·m (0.7 kgf·m, 5.1 ft·lb)
6
T.
R.

Lower unit 3

Checking the gear oil level

WARNING
After tilting up the outboard motor, be
1. Fully tilt the outboard motor down.

2. Remove the check screw 1, and then

check the gear oil level in the lower case.
7
sure to support it with the tilt stop lever.
Otherwise, the outboard motor could sud-
denly lower if the power trim and tilt unit
should lose fluid pressure.
8
2. Remove the reservoir cap 2, and then
check the fluid level in the reservoir.
S69J3520
9
69J1D11 3-16

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 CHK
ADJ Periodic checks and adjustments

NOTE:
If the oil is at the correct level, the oil should
overflow out of the check hole when the
check screw is removed.

3. If necessary, add sufficient gear oil of the

recommended type until it overflows out
of the check hole. S69J3540

Recommended gear oil:

GEAR CASE LUBE
Hypoid gear oil
SAE: 90

4. Install the check screw.

Changing the gear oil

1. Tilt the outboard motor up slightly.

2. Place a drain pan under the drain screw

1, remove the drain screw, then the
check screw 2 to drain the oil. S69J3550

Recommended gear oil:

GEAR CASE LUBE
Hypoid gear oil
SAE: 90
Oil quantity:
Regular rotation model:
1.15 L (1.22 US qt, 1.01 Imp qt)
Counter rotation model:
1.00 L (1.06 US qt, 0.88 Imp qt)

5. Install the check screw and quickly install

the drain screw.

3. Check the oil for metal, discoloration, and

its viscosity. Check the internal parts of
the lower case if necessary.

4. Insert the gear oil tube or gear oil pump

into the drain hole and slowly fill the gear
oil until oil flows out of the check hole and
no air bubbles are visible.

3-17 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Lower unit / General
Checking the lower unit Checking the propeller
(for air leakage) 1. Check the propeller blades and splines
1. Remove the check screw 1, and then for cracks, damage, or wear. Replace if

1
install the special service tool. necessary.

2
3
S69J3580

Pressure/vacuum tester: General 3

YB-35956-A Checking the anodes

1. Check the anodes and trim tab for
2. Apply the specified pressure to check
whether the lower unit can hold it for at
least 10 seconds.
scales, grease, or oil. Clean if necessary.
4
CAUTION:
Do not over pressurize the lower unit, oth-
erwise the oil seals may be damaged.
5
NOTE:

6
Cover the check hole with a rag when remov-
ing the pressure/vacuum tester from the
lower unit.

Lower unit holding pressure:

70 kPa (0.7 kgf/cm2, 10 psi)

3. If pressure drops below specification,

7
check the drive shaft and propeller shaft
oil seals for damage.

8
9
69J1D11 3-18

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 CHK
ADJ Periodic checks and adjustments

WARNING
Battery electrolyte is dangerous; it con-
tains sulfuric acid which is poisonous and
highly caustic.
Always follow these preventive measures:
• Avoid bodily contact with electrolyte as
it can cause severe burns or permanent
eye injury.
• Wear protective eye gear when handling
or working near batteries.
CAUTION: Antidote (EXTERNAL):
Do not oil, grease, or paint the anodes, • SKIN – Wash with water.
otherwise they will be ineffective. • EYES – Flush with water for 15 minutes
and get immediate medical attention.
Antidote (INTERNAL):
2. Replace the anodes and trim tab if
• Drink large quantities of water or milk
excessively eroded.
followed with milk of magnesia, beaten
Checking the battery egg, or vegetable oil. Get immediate
1. Check the battery electrolyte level. If the medical attention.
level is at or below the minimum level Batteries generate explosive, hydrogen
mark a, add distilled water until the level gas. Always follow these preventive mea-
is between the maximum and minimum sures:
level marks. • Charge batteries in a well-ventilated
area.
• Keep batteries away from fire, sparks or
open flames (e.g., welding equipment,
lighted cigarettes).
• DO NOT SMOKE when charging or han-
dling batteries.
KEEP BATTERIES AND ELECTROLYTE
OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN.

S69J3620
NOTE:
• Batteries vary per manufacturer. The pro-
2. Check the specific gravity of the electro-
cedures mentioned in this manual may not
lyte. Fully charge the battery if out of
always apply, therefore, consult the instruc-
specification.
tion manual of the battery.
• Disconnect the black battery cable first,
then the red battery cable.

Electrolyte specific gravity:

1.280 at 20 °C (68 °F)

3-19 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 General
Lubrication
1. Apply water resistant grease to the areas
shown.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
69J1D11 3-20

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 CHK
ADJ Periodic checks and adjustments

NOTE:
Apply grease to the grease nipple until it
flows from the bushings a.

2. Apply corrosion resistant grease to the

areas shown.

3-21 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 FUEL

Fuel system

Special service tools .....................................................................................4-1

Hose routing ...................................................................................................4-2

Fuel and blowby hoses..............................................................................4-2
1
Intake silencer, fuel filter, and fuel pump .................................................... 4-3

Vapor separator.............................................................................................. 4-5

Removing the hose clamps ....................................................................... 4-7
2
Installing the hose clamps ......................................................................... 4-7
Checking the check valve..........................................................................4-7
Reducing the fuel pressure........................................................................ 4-7
Checking the vapor separator ...................................................................4-8 3
Intake manifold and high-pressure fuel line................................................ 4-9

Throttle control............................................................................................. 4-13

Removing the pressure regulator ............................................................ 4-15
Disconnecting the high-pressure fuel hose joint...................................... 4-15
4
Checking the fuel injector ........................................................................4-15
Checking the idle speed control (ISC) .....................................................4-15
Synchronizing the throttle valve...............................................................4-16
5
6
7
8
9
69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 FUEL
Fuel system
Special service tools 4

Pressure/vacuum tester
YB-35956-A

Digital multimeter
YU-34899-A

Test harness (3 pins)

YB-06793

Carburetor synchronizer
YU-08030

4-1 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Special service tools / Hose routing
Hose routing 4

Fuel and blowby hoses

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
Blowby hose
Fuel hose (fuel joint-to-fuel filter)
Fuel hose (fuel filter-to-fuel pump)
Fuel hose (fuel pump-to-vapor separator)
7 High-pressure fuel hose
(starboard fuel rail-to-port fuel rail)
8 Fuel hose (pressure regulator-to-fuel cooler)
9 Fuel hose (fuel cooler-to-vapor separator)
9
5 Fuel hose (vapor separator-to-fuel pump)
6 High-pressure fuel hose
(vapor separator-to-starboard fuel rail)

69J1D11 4-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 FUEL
Fuel system
Intake silencer, fuel filter, and fuel pump 4

4-3 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Intake silencer, fuel filter, and fuel pump
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Cover 1
2 Bolt 3 M6 × 28 mm
3
4
5
Bolt
Washer
Holder
1
1
1
M6 × 16 mm
1
6 Bolt 1 M6 × 14 mm
7
8
9
Bracket
Bolt
Cap
1
2
1
M6 × 19 mm 2
10 Fuel hose 7
11
12
13
Fuel joint
O-ring
Fuel filter element
1
1
1
Not reusable 3
14 Spring 1
15
16
17
O-ring
Cup
Nut
1
1
1
Not reusable
4
18 Bolt 1 M6 × 16 mm
19
20
21
Bolt
Battery cable
Starboard intake silencer
1
1
1
M7 × 20 mm
5
22 Port intake silencer 1
23
24
25
Intake air temperature sensor
Check valve
Hose
1
2
2
6
26 Joint 1
27
28
29
Joint
Nut
Grommet
2
4
6
7
30 Screw 1 M5 × 7 mm
31
32
33
Cover
Fuel filter
Bolt
1
1
2 M5 × 12 mm
8
34 Bracket 1
35
36
37
Low-pressure fuel pump
Bolt
Clamp
1
4
10
M6 × 45 mm 9
69J1D11 4-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 FUEL
Fuel system
Vapor separator 4

4-5 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Vapor separator
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Float chamber 1
2 Cover 1
3
4
5
High-pressure fuel pump
Float
Water hose
1
1
1
1
6 Fuel hose 3
7
8
9
Joint
Fuel cooler
Washer
1
1
2
2
10 Nut 2
11
12
13
Water hose
Bracket
Bolt
1
1
3 M8 × 16 mm
3
14 Collar 6
15
16
17
Bushing
Bolt
Hose
4
4
3
M8 × 16 mm 4
18 Screw 7 M4 × 15 mm
19
20
21
Bracket
Bolt
Gasket
1
1
1
M6 × 10 mm
Not reusable
5
22 Plate 2
23
24
25
Grommet
Screw
Plate
1
3
1
M4 × 8 mm 6
26 Needle valve 1
27
28
29
Pin
Bracket
Screw
1
1
1
7
30 Gasket 1
31
32
33
Drain screw
Joint
Filter
1
1
1
8
34 Filter holder 1

9
69J1D11 4-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 FUEL
Fuel system
Removing the hose clamps
1. Remove the hose clamps by cutting the
joint.

CAUTION:
If the hose clamps are removed without
cutting the joint first, the fuel hose will be
damaged.

Pressure/vacuum tester:
Installing the hose clamps YB-35956-A
1. Crimp the hose clamps properly to
securely fasten them. 2. Apply the pressure to each check valve
port. Replace if necessary.

NOTE:
Make sure no air comes out of the opposite
side of the check valve.

Reducing the fuel pressure

1. Remove the cap 1.

2. Cover the pressure check valve a of the

WARNING vapor separator with a rag, and then
Do not reuse the hose clamps, always press in the valve using a thin screw-
replace them with new ones. driver 2 to release the fuel pressure.

Checking the check valve

1. Install the special service tool onto the
check valve.

4-7 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Vapor separator

WARNING
Reduce the fuel pressure before removing

1
the vapor separator drain screw, or pres-
surized fuel will spray out and may result
in serious injury.

Checking the vapor separator

1. Check the needle valve for bends or
wear. Replace if necessary. 2
3
WARNING
Always reduce the fuel pressure in the
high-pressure fuel line before servicing
4
2. Check the float for deterioration. Replace
the line or the vapor separator. If the fuel

5
if necessary.
pressure is not released, pressurized fuel
may spray out.

3. Remove the cap 3, and then press in

the valve b using a thin screwdriver 2.

4. Place a container under the vapor sepa-

rator, and then drain the fuel from the
6
separator by removing the drain screw
4.

3. Check the filter for dirt or residue. Clean

if necessary.
7
8
9
S69J4075

69J1D11 4-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 FUEL
Fuel system
Intake manifold and high-pressure fuel line 4

4-9 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Intake manifold and high-pressure fuel line
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Hose 1
2 High-pressure fuel hose 4
3
4
5
Clamp
Joint
Joint
7
2
2
1
6 Screw 2
7
8
9
Washer
Throttle position sensor
Screw
4
1
2
2
10 Bracket 1
11
12
13
Bracket
Screw
Bracket
1
2
1
M5 × 15 mm 3
14 Joint 1
15
16
17
O-ring
Metal gasket
Screw
1
2
2
Not reusable
Not reusable
M5 × 15 mm
4
18 Intake air pressure sensor 1
19
20
21
O-ring
Screw
Washer
1
3
3
Not reusable
M4 × 16 mm 5
22 Idle speed control 1
23
24
25
O-ring
Bolt
Bracket
1
1
1
Not reusable
M6 × 55 mm 6
26 Bolt 2 M6 × 30 mm
27
28
29
Body
Hose
O-ring
1
1
1 Not reusable
7
30 Joint 1
31
32
33
Screw
O-ring
Joint
2
1
1
M5 × 15 mm
Not reusable 8
34 Screw 2 M5 × 15 mm
35 Nut 2
9
69J1D11 4-10

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 FUEL
Fuel system

4-11 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Intake manifold and high-pressure fuel line
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Starboard intake manifold 1
2 Throttle body #1 1
3
4
5
Throttle body #3
Throttle body #5
Starboard fuel rail
1
1
1
1
6 Port intake manifold 1
7
8
9
Throttle body #2
Throttle body #4
Throttle body #6
1
1
1
2
10 Port fuel rail 1
11
12
13
Pressure regulator
Bolt
Bolt
1
18
6
M8 × 35 mm
M6 × 10 mm
3
14 Gasket 6 Not reusable
15
16
17
Gasket
Collar
Spring
6
12
1
Not reusable
4
18 Washer 12
19
20
21
Bolt
Rubber seal
Fuel injector
12
6
6
M8 × 80 mm
5
22 Grommet 6 Not reusable
23

24
O-ring

Collar
6

6
Not reusable
2.1 × 11.8 mm 6
25 Bolt 6 M8 × 45 mm
26
27
28
O-ring
Screw
Cap
1
2
1
Not reusable
M6 × 12 mm 7
29 Fuel hose 1
30
31
32
Hose
Joint
Plastic tie
6
1
1
8
33 Joint 1

9
69J1D11 4-12

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 FUEL
Fuel system
Throttle control 4

4-13 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Throttle control
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Bracket 1
2 Joint 1
3
4
5
Magnet control lever
Pin
Shaft
1
4
1
1
6 Bracket 1
7
8
9
Bolt
Washer
Bushing
2
2
5
M6 × 20 mm
2
10 Gear 2
11
12
13
Throttle control lever
Circlip
Bolt
1
1
1
3
14 Wave washer 1
15
16
17
Washer
Throttle cam
Spring
1
1
1
4
18 Bolt 2 M6 × 14 mm
19
20
21
Bracket
Bolt
Terminal
2
1
1
M8 × 20 mm 5
22 Starter motor lead 1
23
24
Bolt
Bolt
1
5
M6 × 14 mm
M6 × 45 mm 6
7
8
9
69J1D11 4-14

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 FUEL
Fuel system
Removing the pressure regulator 2. Measure the resistance of the fuel injec-
1. Remove the intake silencer and the port tions. Replace if out of specification.
intake manifold.

2. Disconnect the hose 1 and 2, and then

remove the pressure regulator 3.

Digital multimeter: YU-34899-A

S69J4125

Fuel injector resistance

Disconnecting the high-pressure
(use as reference):
fuel hose joint 14.0–15.0 Ω at 20 °C (68 °F)
1. Disconnect the high-pressure fuel hose
joint 1 with the collar a slide from the
3. Check the operation of the fuel injector
end b of the joint.
using the “Stationary Test” of the
Yamaha Diagnostic System.

Checking the idle speed control

(ISC)
1. Check the operation of the idle speed
control using the “Stationary test” or the
“Active test” of the Yamaha Diagnostic
System.

S69J4130

Checking the fuel injector

1. Check the filter for dirt or residue. Clean
if necessary.

4-15 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Throttle control
Synchronizing the throttle valve
1. Loosen the bank synchronizing screw 1.

2. Remove the port link rod 2 and star-

board link rod 3.
1
2
6. Loosen the port throttle stop screw 8
until it separates from the throttle body
3
lever 9.

4
3. Loosen the starboard throttle stop screw
4 until it separates from the throttle body
lever 5.
5
7. Loosen the synchronizing screw 0 of
cylinder #4 to open throttle valve #4. 6
8. Loosen the synchronizing screw A of

7
cylinder #6 to open throttle valve #6.

4. Loosen the synchronizing screw 6 of

cylinder #3 to open throttle valve #3.

5. Loosen the synchronizing screw 7 of

8
cylinder #5 to open throttle valve #5.

9
9. Connect the test harness (3 pins) to the
throttle position sensor.

69J1D11 4-16

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 FUEL
Fuel system

Test harness (3 pins): YB-06793

10. Turn the engine start switch to ON.

13. Tighten the starboard throttle stop screw
11. Measure the throttle position sensor out- 4 until the output voltage is adjusted to
put voltage. Adjust the throttle position specification as mentioned in step 11,
sensor B position if out of specification. plus 40 mV.

Throttle position sensor output

voltage:
Pink (P) – Black (B)
700 ± 5 mV
Digital multimeter: YU-34899-A
14. Attach a synchronizing check tool C as
shown to the port #2 throttle body (to
facilitate the monitoring of the throttle
Throttle position sensor output
plate D movement).
voltage:
Pink (P) – Black (B)
660 ± 5 mV

12. Tighten the synchronizing screw 6 of

cylinder #3 and stop tightening it when
the throttle position sensor output voltage
starts to change. Similarly, tighten and
adjust the synchronizing screw 7 of cyl-
inder #5.

4-17 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Throttle control
15. Tighten the synchronizing screw 0 of
È
cylinder #4, and stop tightening when the
throttle plate starts to move. Similarly,

1
tighten and adjust the synchronizing
screw A of cylinder #6.

2
3
16. Tighten the port throttle stop screw 8
until it contacts the throttle body lever 9,
Carburetor synchronizer: YU-08030 4
and then turn it one additional turn.

#1
5
#3

#5
6
17. Start the engine and warm it up for 5 min-
utes. 7
18. Remove the plugs E of cylinders #1, #3,

8
and #5, and then attach the special ser-
vice tool and adapters to the intake mani- S69J4310
fold as shown.
NOTE:
For best results, use a vacuum gauge (com-
mercially obtainable), like F or G shown in
the illustration, that has four adapters.
9
69J1D11 4-18

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 FUEL
Fuel system
19. Measure the vacuum of cylinders #1, #3,
and #5. Repeat step 12 if out of specifi-
cation.

Vacuum difference between

cylinders:
20 mmHg (27 mbar, 0.79 inHg)

20. Measure the vacuum of cylinders #2, #4,

and #6. Repeat step 12 if out of specifi-
cation.

21. Check the average vacuum difference

between the port and starboard banks.
Adjust the port throttle stop screw 8 if
out of specification.

Link rod nut:

T.
R. 4 N·m (0.4 kgf·m, 2.9 ft·lb)

24. Tighten the bank synchronizing screw 1.

Average vacuum difference between

port and starboard banks:
40 mmHg (53 mbar, 1.57 inHg)

22. Measure the throttle position sensor out-

put voltage when the engine speed is at
idle. Adjust the throttle position sensor
position if out of specification. NOTE:
Tighten the screw without tilting the plate.
Throttle position sensor output
voltage:
Bank synchronizing screw:
Pink (P) – Black (B)
4 N·m (0.4 kgf·m, 2.9 ft·lb)
T.
R.

700 ± 5 mV at idle speed

(700 r/min)

23. Install the port link rod 2 and starboard

link rod 3.

4-19 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Throttle control
25. Check that there is no clearance a
between the port and starboard throttle
stop screws 4 and 8, and the throttle
body levers 5 and 9. If there is any
clearance, repeat step 24.
1
2
3
4
26. Start the engine, and when the engine
speed is at idle, check the average vac-
uum difference between the port and
5
starboard banks. Adjust if out of specifi-
cation.

Average vacuum difference between

port and starboard banks:
6
40 mmHg (53 mbar, 1.57 inHg)

7
8
9
69J1D11 4-20

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR

Power unit

Special service tools .....................................................................................5-1

Power unit....................................................................................................... 5-3

Checking the compression pressure .......................................................5-14
Checking the oil pressure ........................................................................5-14
Checking the oil pressure sensor ............................................................ 5-15
Checking the valve clearance.................................................................. 5-15
Replacing the timing belt .........................................................................5-21
Removing the power unit.........................................................................5-23
Removing the oil filter .............................................................................. 5-25
Removing the timing belt and sprockets.................................................. 5-25
Checking the timing belt and sprockets...................................................5-26
Installing the sprockets and timing belt....................................................5-27

Cylinder head ...............................................................................................5-29

Removing the cylinder head .................................................................... 5-33
Checking the valve springs...................................................................... 5-34
Checking the valves ................................................................................ 5-34
Checking the valve guides....................................................................... 5-35
Replacing the valve guides...................................................................... 5-35
Checking the valve seat ..........................................................................5-36
Refacing the valve seat ...........................................................................5-36
Checking the camshaft ............................................................................5-38
Checking the timing chain tensioner........................................................ 5-39
Checking the timing chain ....................................................................... 5-39
Checking the cylinder head ..................................................................... 5-39
Installing the valves ................................................................................. 5-40
Installing the cylinder head ...................................................................... 5-41

69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder block ..............................................................................................5-43
Disassembling the cylinder block ............................................................ 5-47
Checking the piston diameter .................................................................. 5-47
Checking the cylinder bore ...................................................................... 5-48
Checking the piston clearance ................................................................5-48
Checking the piston rings ........................................................................5-48
Checking the piston ring grooves ............................................................ 5-49
Checking the piston ring side clearance.................................................. 5-49
1
Checking the piston pin boss bore .......................................................... 5-49
Checking the piston pin ...........................................................................5-50
Checking the connecting rod small end inside diameter ......................... 5-50
Checking the connecting rod big end side clearance ..............................5-50
Checking the crankshaft ..........................................................................5-50
2
Checking the crankpin oil clearance........................................................ 5-51
Selecting the connecting rod bearing ......................................................5-52
Checking the crankshaft main journal oil clearance ................................5-53
Selecting the crankshaft main bearing ....................................................5-54
Disassembling the oil pump..................................................................... 5-55
3
Checking the oil pump ............................................................................. 5-55

4
Assembling the oil pump .........................................................................5-55
Assembling the piston and cylinder block................................................ 5-56
Checking the thermostat..........................................................................5-60
Installing the power unit...........................................................................5-60

5
6
7
8
9
69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
Special service tools 5

Compression gauge Valve spring compressor

YU-33223-1 YM-01253
Valve spring compressor attachment
YB-06320

Compression gauge extension

YB-06563
Valve guide remover
YB-06801

Test harness (3 pins)

YB-06769
Valve guide installer
YB-06810

Flywheel magnet holder

YB-06139
Valve guide reamer
YB-06804

Universal puller
YB-06117
Valve seat cutter set
YB-91044

5-1 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Special service tools

1
Piston ring compressor
YM-08037

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
69J1D11 5-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
Power unit 5

5-3 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Power unit 1
2 Screw 4
3
4
5
Cover
Dipstick
Bolt
1
1
1 M6 × 20 mm
1
6 Dipstick guide 1
7
8
9
O-ring
Plastic tie
Fuel hose
1
2
1
Not reusable
Not reusable 2
10 Bolt 2 M6 × 10 mm
11
12
13
PTT motor lead
Gasket
Clip
2
1
2
Sky blue, light green
Not reusable 3
14 Shift cable 1
15
16
17
Throttle cable
Cooling water pilot hose
Dowel pin
1
1
2
4
18 Upper case cover 1
19
20
21
Bolt
Bolt
Bolt
7
7
6
M6 × 14 mm
M9 × 35 mm
M10 × 140 mm
5
22 Bolt 1 M6 × 30 mm
23
24
25
Starboard apron
Port apron
Grommet
1
1
6
6
26 Nut 2
27

28
Fuel pump driver and isolator
coupler
Bolt
5

1 M6 × 20 mm
7
29 Holder 1
30
31
32
Grommet
Bolt
Holder
1
1
1
M6 × 30 mm 8
33 Retaining plate 1
34
35
36
PTT switch coupler
Shift cut switch coupler
Neutral switch coupler
1
1
1
9
37 Clamp 1
38 Flushing device hose 1 Flushing device model

69J1D11 5-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit

5-5 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Nut 1
2 Washer 1
3
4
5
Flywheel magnet
Screw
Stator coil
1
4
1
M6 × 30 mm 1
6 Bolt 4 M6 × 35 mm
7
8
9
Blowby hose guide
Blowby hose
Blowby hose
1
1
1
2
10 Stator coil bracket 1
11
12
13
Collar
Woodruff key
Plastic tie
2
1
5 Not reusable
3
14 Wiring harness guide 1
15
16
17
Bolt
Idle speed control hose
Wiring harness
3
1
1
M6 × 35 mm
4
18 Bolt 4
19
20
21
Ignition coil cover
Grommet
Plastic tie
1
2
5 Not reusable
5
22 Plastic tie 2 Not reusable

6
7
8
9
69J1D11 5-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit

5-7 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Wiring harness 1
2 Bracket 1
3
4
5
Bolt
Ground lead
Bolt
1
3
1
M6 × 20 mm

M6 × 16 mm
1
6 Bracket 1
7
8
9
Bolt
ECM
Bolt
4
1
2
M6 × 16 mm

M6 × 25 mm
2
10 Power trim and tilt relay 1
11
12
13
Cap
Nut
Washer
2
4
2
3
14 Cap 1
15
16
17
Spring washer
Battery lead
Screw
2
1
1
Red 4
18 Main relay 1
19
20
21
Bolt
Starter motor lead
Screw
2
1
1
M6 × 10 mm
Brown/white 5
22 Holder 1
23
24
25
Starter relay
Bolt
Grommet
1
6
6
M6 × 28 mm 6
26 Collar 6

7
8
9
69J1D11 5-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit

No. Part name Q’ty Remarks

1 Starter motor 1
2 Nut 1
3 Spring washer 1
4 Battery cable 1 From terminal and power trim and tilt relay
5 Bolt 3 M8 × 45 mm
6 Bolt 1 M6 × 20 mm
7 Ground lead 1
8 Bolt 2 M6 × 35 mm
9 Rectifier Regulator 1
10 Gasket 1 Not reusable
11 Cover 1
12 Bolt 4 M6 × 25 mm
13 Clip 3
14 Cooling water hose 1 Out
15 Cooling water hose 1 In
16 Clip 1

5-9 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit

1
2
3
4
No.
1 Ignition coil
Part name Q’ty
3
Remarks 5
2 Bolt 6 M6 × 20 mm
3
4
5
Bolt
Bracket
Clamp
6
1
3
M6 × 20 mm
6
6 Clamp 3
7
8
9
Screw
Plate
Gasket
3
1
1
M6 × 20 mm
7
10 Grommet 1
11 Idle speed control hose 1
8
9
69J1D11 5-10

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit

5-11 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Bolt 1 M6 × 30 mm
2 Washer 1
3
4
5
Link rod arm
Plug
O-ring
1
1
1 Not reusable
1
6 Bolt 2 M6 × 20 mm
7
8
9
Link rod
Link rod
Link rod
1
1
1
Long
Short 2
10 Nut 3
11
12
13
Oil filler cap
O-ring
Oil filler neck
1
1
1
Not reusable 3
14 Bolt 2 M6 × 45 mm
15
16
17
Clamp
Gasket
Bolt
1
1
3
Not reusable
M6 × 45 mm
4
18 Oil pressure sensor 1
19
20
21
O-ring
Oil filter bracket
Gasket
1
1
1
Not reusable

Not reusable
5
22 Bolt 1
23
24
25
Oil filter
Oil filter cover
Bolt
1
1
1 M6 × 40 mm
6
7
8
9
69J1D11 5-12

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit

No. Part name Q’ty Remarks

1 Timing belt 1
2 Bolt 4 M5 × 45 mm
3 Drive sprocket 1
4 Plate 1
5 Woodruff key 1
6 Timing belt tensioner 1
7 Bolt 2 M10 × 35 mm
8 Driven sprocket 2
9 Dowel pin 2
10 Bolt 28 M6 × 30 mm
11 Port cylinder head cover 1
12 Gasket 1 Not reusable
13 Starboard cylinder head cover 1
14 Gasket 1 Not reusable
15 Plate 1
16 Screw 8 M4 × 8 mm

5-13 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit
Checking the compression pressure
NOTE:
1. Start the engine, warm it up for 5 min-
• If the compression pressure increases,
utes, and then turn it off.
check the piston and piston rings for wear.
2. Remove the clip from the engine stop
lanyard switch on the remote control box.
Replace if necessary.
• If the compression pressure does not
increase, check the valve clearance, valve,
valve seat, cylinder sleeve, cylinder head
1
3. Remove the ignition coil cover and all
gasket, and cylinder head. Adjust or

2
spark plugs, and then install the special
service tools to each spark plug hole. replace if necessary.

Checking the oil pressure

1. Place a rag under the oil pressure sen-
sor.

2. Remove the intake silencer and oil pres-

sure sensor, and then install an oil pres-
3
sure gauge 1 to the oil pressure sensor

CAUTION:
installation hole.
4
Before removing the spark plugs, blow

5
compressed air in the spark plug well to
clear out any dirt or dust that may fall into
the cylinder.

Compression gauge 1: YU-33223-1

Compression gauge extension 2:
YB-06563
NOTE:
Use a pressure gauge with an adapter that
6
4. Fully open the throttle, crank the engine has a 1/8 pitch thread.
until the reading on the compression
gauge stabilizes, and then check the
compression pressure. 3. Install the intake silencer. 7
Minimum compression pressure CAUTION:
(reference data):
880 kPa (8.8 kgf/cm2, 125 psi)

5. If the compression pressure is below

Do not start the engine when the intake
silencer is not installed.
8
4. Start the engine and warm it up for 5 min-
specification and the compression pres-

9
utes.
sure for each cylinder is unbalanced, add
a small amount of engine oil to the cylin-
der, and then check the pressure again.

69J1D11 5-14

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
5. Check the oil pressure. Check the oil
pump, oil leakage, and oil strainer if out Oil pressure sensor input voltage:
of specification. Orange (O) – Black (B)
5V
Oil pressure (reference data): Oil pressure sensor output voltage
650 kPa (6.5 kgf/cm2, 92.4 psi) at (reference data):
idle speed (700 r/min) Pink/white (P/W) – Black (B)
3.8 V at idle speed (700 r/min)
Checking the oil pressure sensor
1. Connect the test harness (3 pins) to the Checking the valve clearance
oil pressure sensor. 1. Remove the flywheel magnet cover and
ignition coil cover 1.
2. Start the engine and warm it up for 5 min-
utes. 2. Disconnect the ignition coil couplers 2
and spark plug caps 3, and remove the
3. Measure the oil pressure sensor input ignition coil bracket 4, spark plugs, and
voltage. Check the wiring harness con- cylinder head covers 5.
nection or replace the ECM if out of spec-
ification.

4. Measure the oil pressure sensor output

voltage. Replace if out of specification.

O
P/W

3. Turn the flywheel magnet clockwise and

align the “1TDC” mark a on the flywheel
magnet with the pointer b, and check
S69J8210
that “I” marks c and d on the driven
sprockets are aligned with marks e and
f.
3.8 V

650 kpa
(6.5 kgf/cm2,
92.4 psi) S69J8220

a: Output voltage
b: Oil pressure

Test harness (3 pins): YB-06769

5-15 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit

1
9. Similarly, check the valve clearance of
2
cylinders #1, #2, and #3 in order, and be
sure to turn the flywheel magnet 120°
clockwise each time. Adjust if out of
specification. 3
NOTE:
Do not turn the flywheel magnet counter-
clockwise.
4
4. Check the intake and exhaust valve
clearance for cylinder #4.

5. Turn the flywheel magnet an additional

5
120° clockwise and align the “2TDC”
mark g on the flywheel magnet with the
pointer b.

6. Check the intake and exhaust valve

6
clearance for cylinder #5.

7. Turn the flywheel magnet an additional

120° clockwise and align the “3TDC”
mark h on the flywheel magnet with the
7
pointer b.

8. Check the intake and exhaust valve

clearance for cylinder #6.
NOTE:
• Check the valve clearance when the engine
is cold.
8
• Note the measurement.

Valve clearance:
Intake i:
9
0.20 ± 0.03 mm (0.008 ± 0.001 in)
Exhaust j:
0.34 ± 0.03 mm (0.013 ± 0.001 in)

69J1D11 5-16

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
10. Turn the flywheel magnet an additional
120° clockwise and align the “1TDC” NOTE:
mark on the flywheel magnet with the Apply force to the crankshaft end until the fly-
pointer, and check that the “I” marks on wheel magnet comes off the tapered portion
the driven sprockets are aligned with the of the crankshaft.
alignment marks on the cylinder head.
Flywheel magnet holder 6:
11. Remove the flywheel magnet.
YB-06139
È Universal puller 7: YB-06117

12. Remove the wiring harness guide bolts.

NOTE:
Move the wiring harness guide 8 to a posi-
tion that will make servicing easy.

13. Using a hexagon wrench, turn the timing

belt tensioner 9 clockwise to push the
timing belt, increase strength gradually,
and then insert a ø5.0 mm (0.2 in) pin 0
into the hole k.

NOTE:
Leave the pin inserted into the timing belt
tensioner until the timing belt has been
installed.

CAUTION: 14. Remove the timing belt A from the

• Apply force in the direction of the driven sprockets.
arrows shown, to prevent the flywheel
holder from slipping off easily.
• To prevent damage to the engine or
tools, screw in the flywheel puller set
bolts evenly and completely so that the
flywheel puller plate is parallel to the fly-
wheel magnet.

5-17 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit
15. Remove the driven sprockets. 19. Measure the valve shim thickness with a
micrometer, and then note the measure-
ment.

20. Select the necessary valve shim by cal-

culating its thickness with the following
formula.
1
Necessary valve shim thickness =

NOTE:
Removed valve shim thickness +
Measured valve clearance – Specified
valve clearance
2
Hold the camshaft with a wrench, and be Example:
careful not to damage the driven sprocket.

16. Remove the timing chain tensioners B,

If the “Removed valve shim thickness” is 2.10
mm, the “Checked valve clearance” is 0.30
mm and the “Specified valve clearance” is
0.20 mm, then the “Necessary valve shim
3
then the camshaft caps in the order thickness” = 2.10 + 0.30 – 0.20 = 2.20 mm
shown in the illustration.
21. Install the necessary valve shim into the
valve lifter.
4
22. Align the projection (wide one) l on the
camshaft sprockets to the alignment
plate (gold) m on the timing chain, and
then install the camshafts to the cylinder
head with new oil seals.
5
17. Remove
chains.
the camshafts and timing
6
18. Remove the valve shim C from the valve
lifter D using compressed air.
7
8
NOTE:
9
Do not mix the valve train parts. Keep them
organized in their proper groups.

69J1D11 5-18

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit

NOTE:
• Install the camshaft caps in the proper posi-
tion as shown and with the stamped num-
bers facing upside down.
• Apply engine oil to the camshaft cap bolts
before installation.

Camshaft cap bolt:

1st: 8 N·m (0.8 kgf·m, 5.8 ft·lb)

T.
R.
2nd: 17 N·m (1.7 kgf·m, 12 ft·lb)
Timing chain tensioner bolt:
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 ft·lb)

23. Install the camshaft caps, and then 25. Install the driven sprockets, and then
tighten them to the specified torque in the tighten the bolts to the specified torque.
order shown in the illustration.

24. Install the timing chain tensioners B, and

then tighten the bolts to the specified
torque in the sequence shown.

Driven sprocket bolt:

60 N·m (6.0 kgf·m, 43 ft·lb)
T.
R.

26. Turn the driven sprockets clockwise and

align “I” marks c and d on the driven
sprockets with marks e and f.

27. Install the timing belt A, turn the belt

from the drive sprocket side a half turn
counterclockwise to align it, and then
remove the pin 0.

5-19 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit

Flywheel magnet nut:

240 N·m (24 kgf·m, 174 ft·lb)

T.
R.
30. Turn the flywheel magnet clockwise two
turns, and then check that all alignment
marks are aligned.
1
28. Install the Woodruff key.
2
3
4
29. Install the flywheel magnet.
È

NOTE:
5
Do not turn the flywheel magnet counter-
clockwise.

31. Check each valve clearance and adjust if

6
necessary.

CAUTION:
Apply force in the direction of the arrows
32. Install the spark plugs, and then tighten
them to the specified torque.

33. Install the cylinder head cover bolts, and

7
shown, to prevent the flywheel holder
then tighten them to the specified torques

8
from slipping off easily.
in two stages.

NOTE: Spark plug:

Apply engine oil to the flywheel magnet nut 25 N·m (2.5 kgf·m, 18 ft·lb)
T.
R.

before installation. Cylinder head cover bolt:

Flywheel magnet holder: YB-06139

1st: 8 N·m (0.8 kgf·m, 5.8 ft·lb)
2nd: 8 N·m (0.8 kgf·m, 5.8 ft·lb) 9
34. Install the ignition coil bracket, and con-
nect the ignition coil couplers and spark
plug caps.

69J1D11 5-20

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
35. Install the ignition coil cover, wiring har-
È
ness guide, and flywheel magnet cover.

Replacing the timing belt

1. Remove the flywheel magnet cover, igni-
tion coil cover, and intake silencer.

2. Turn the flywheel magnet clockwise and

align the “1TDC” mark a on the flywheel
magnet with the pointer b, and check
that “I” marks c and d on the driven
sprockets are aligned with marks e and
f.

CAUTION:
• Apply force in the direction of the
arrows shown, to prevent the flywheel
holder from slipping off easily.
• To prevent damage to the engine or
tools, screw in the flywheel puller set
bolts evenly and completely so that the
flywheel puller plate is parallel to the fly-
wheel magnet.

NOTE: NOTE:
Do not turn the flywheel magnet counter- Apply force to the crankshaft end until the fly-
clockwise. wheel magnet comes off the tapered portion
of the crankshaft.

3. Remove the flywheel magnet.

Flywheel magnet holder 1:
È YB-06139
Universal puller 2: YB-06117

4. Disconnect the ignition coil couplers, idle

speed control coupler, intake air pres-
sure sensor coupler, throttle position
sensor coupler, thermoswitch leads, idle
speed control hose, high-pressure fuel
hoses, neutral switch coupler, shift cut
switch coupler, and starboard fuel injec-
tor couplers.

5-21 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit
5. Disconnect the stator coil couplers 3
and pulser coil coupler 4, and remove
the blowby hose 5 and stator coil
bracket 6.

1
9. Check that “I” marks c and d on the
2
driven sprockets are aligned with marks
e and f, and that the “ ” mark h on

6. Remove the wiring harness guide bolts.

the plate is aligned with the “ ” mark i
on the cylinder block. Align if necessary. 3
4
NOTE:
5
Move the wiring harness guide 7 to a posi-
tion that will make servicing easy.

7. Using a hexagon wrench, turn the timing

6
belt tensioner 8 clockwise to push the
timing belt, increase strength gradually,
and then insert a ø5.0 mm (0.2 in) pin 9
into the hole g. 10. Install the timing belt A from the drive
sprocket side with its part number in the
7
NOTE: upright position, turn the belt a half turn
Leave the pin inserted into the timing belt
tensioner until the timing belt has been
installed.
counterclockwise to align it, and then
remove the pin 9.
8
8. Remove the timing belt 0 from the
driven sprocket side.
9
69J1D11 5-22

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
È

CAUTION: CAUTION:
• Do not twist, turn inside out, or bend the Apply force in the direction of the arrows
timing belt beyond the maximum limit of shown, to prevent the flywheel holder
25 mm (1.0 in) j, otherwise it may be from slipping off easily.
damaged.
• Do not get oil or grease on the timing
NOTE:
belt.
Apply engine oil to the flywheel magnet nut
before installation.
11. Turn the drive sprocket clockwise two
turns, and then check that all alignment
marks are aligned. Flywheel magnet holder: YB-06139

NOTE:
Do not turn the drive sprocket counterclock- Flywheel magnet nut:
wise. 240 N·m (24 kgf·m, 174 ft·lb)
T.
R.

12. Install the wiring harness guide, stator 16. Install the intake silencer, ignition coil
coil bracket, and blowby hose, and con- cover, and flywheel magnet cover.
nect the pulser coil coupler and stator
coil couplers. Removing the power unit
1. Remove the flywheel magnet cover and
13. Connect all couplers, leads, and hoses. intake silencer.

14. Install the Woodruff key. 2. Remove the retaining plate 1 and hold-
ers 2, and then disconnect the throttle
cable 3 and shift cable 4.

15. Install the flywheel magnet.

5-23 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit
5. Remove the upper case cover 9 and
aprons 0.

1
2
3
6. Remove the power unit by removing the
bolts A.

4
3. Remove the dipstick guide 5, and dis-
connect the fuel hose 6, PTT motor
5
leads 7, and flushing device hose (flush-
ing device model) 8.

6
7
7. Remove the flywheel magnet.
È 8
4. Disconnect the fuel pump driver and iso-
lator couplers, PTT switch coupler, shift
cut switch coupler, neutral switch cou-
9
pler, trim sensor coupler, and cooling
water pilot hose.

69J1D11 5-24

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
È

NOTE:
Be sure to clean up any oil spills.

Removing the timing belt and

sprockets
1. Turn the drive sprocket clockwise and
align the “ ” mark a on the plate with
the “ ” mark b on the cylinder block,
and check that “I” marks c and d on the
CAUTION: driven sprockets are aligned with marks
• Apply force in the direction of the e and f.
arrows shown, to prevent the flywheel
holder from slipping off easily.
• To prevent damage to the engine or
tools, screw in the flywheel puller set
bolts evenly and completely so that the
flywheel puller plate is parallel to the fly-
wheel magnet.

NOTE:
Apply force to the crankshaft end until the fly-
wheel magnet comes off the tapered portion
of the crankshaft.

Flywheel magnet holder B:

YB-06139
Universal puller C: YB-06117

Removing the oil filter NOTE:

1. Place a rag under the oil filter, and then Do not turn the drive sprocket counterclock-
remove the filter using a 72.5 mm (2.9 in) wise.
oil filter wrench.

5-25 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit
2. Using a hexagon wrench, turn the timing Checking the timing belt and
belt tensioner 1 clockwise to push the sprockets
timing belt, increase strength gradually, 1. Check the interior and exterior of the tim-
and then insert a ø5.0 mm (0.2 in) pin 2
into the hole g.

3. Remove the timing belt 3 from the

ing belt for cracks, damage, or wear.
Replace if necessary.
1
driven sprocket side.

2
2. Check the drive sprocket 1 and driven
3
sprockets 2 for cracks, damage, or

4. Remove the pin and timing belt ten-

sioner.
wear. Replace if necessary.

4
5. Remove the drive sprocket and plate.

6. Remove the cylinder head covers, and

then remove the driven sprockets. 5
6
NOTE:
7
Hold the camshaft with a wrench, and be
careful not to damage the driven sprocket.
8
9
69J1D11 5-26

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
Installing the sprockets and timing
belt
1. Install the driven sprockets 1, and then
tighten the bolts to the specified torque.

2. Check that “I” marks a and b on the

driven sprockets are aligned with marks
c and d. Align if necessary.

3. Install the new gaskets, cylinder head

cover 2, and then tighten the bolts to the
specified torques in two stages.

Drive sprocket bolt:

7 N·m (0.7 kgf·m, 5.1 ft·lb)

T.
R.
Timing belt tensioner bolt:
39 N·m (3.9 kgf·m, 28 ft·lb)

6. Using a hexagon wrench, turn the timing

belt tensioner 4 clockwise to push the
timing belt, increase strength gradually,
and then insert a ø5.0 mm (0.2 in) pin 5
into the hole g.

Driven sprocket bolt:

60 N·m (6.0 kgf·m, 43 ft·lb)
T.
R.

Cylinder head cover bolt:

1st: 8 N·m (0.8 kgf·m, 5.8 ft·lb)
2nd: 8 N·m (0.8 kgf·m, 5.8 ft·lb)

4. Install the drive sprocket 3 and timing

belt tensioner 4, and then tighten the
bolts to the specified torques.

5. Check that the “ ” mark e on the plate

is aligned with the “ ” mark f on the
cylinder block. Align if necessary.

5-27 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit
7. Install the timing belt 6 from the drive
sprocket side with its part number in the
upright position, turn the belt a half turn

1
counterclockwise to align it, and then
remove the pin 5.

2
8. Turn the drive sprocket clockwise two
3
turns, and then check that the alignment

4
marks are aligned.

5
6
7
8
NOTE:
Do not turn the drive sprocket counterclock-
wise.

9
69J1D11 5-28

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
Cylinder head 5

5-29 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder head
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Timing chain tensioner 1
2 Bolt 4 M6 × 25 mm
3
4
5
Timing chain tensioner
Bolt
Bolt
1
32
4
M7 × 37 mm
M7 × 48 mm
1
6 Camshaft cap 16
7
8
9
Camshaft cap
Timing chain
Oil seal
2
2
2 Not reusable
2
10 Camshaft 3 1
11
12
13
Camshaft 4
Camshaft 2
Camshaft 1
1
1
1
3
14 Bolt 26 M6 × 50 mm
15
16
17
Bolt
Gasket
Plug
4
4
2
M8 × 14 mm
Not reusable
M18 × 16 mm
4
18 Gasket 2 Not reusable
19
20
21
Port exhaust outer cover
Starboard exhaust outer cover
Gasket
1
1
2 Not reusable
5
22 Port exhaust inner cover 1
23
24
25
Starboard exhaust inner cover
Gasket
Canister
1
2
1
Not reusable 6
26 Filter 1
27
28
29
Bolt
Holder
Bracket
1
1
1
7
30 Bolt 2
31
32
33
Collar
Grommet
Bracket
2
2
1
8
34 Bolt 2

9
69J1D11 5-30

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit

5-31 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder head
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Spark plug 6
2 Bolt 16 M10 × 120 mm
3
4
5
Bolt
Bolt
Port cylinder head
4
2
1
M8 × 55 mm
M8 × 90 mm 1
6 Bolt 4 M6 × 20 mm
7
8
9
Engine hanger
Bolt
Ground lead
2
2
1
M6 × 12 mm 2
10 Gasket 1 Not reusable
11
12
13
Starboard cylinder head
Gasket
Collar
1
1
4
Not reusable 3
14 Joint 1
15
16
17
Plastic tie
Cooling water hose
Bolt
2
1
13
Not reusable

M6 × 30 mm
4
18 Cooling water passage cover 1
19
20
21
Gasket
Bolt
Bolt
1
4
4
Not reusable
M8 × 40 mm 5
22 Cover 4
23
24
25
Anode
Grommet
Plug
4
4
1
6
26 Gasket 1 Not reusable
27
28
29
Valve shim
Valve lifter
Valve cotter
24
24
48
7
30 Valve spring retainer 24
31
32
33
Valve spring
Valve seal
Valve guide
24
24
24
Not reusable
Not reusable
8
34 Exhaust valve 12
35 Intake valve

È Tightening sequence
12
9
69J1D11 5-32

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
Removing the cylinder head
1. Remove the exhaust cover bolts in the CAUTION:
sequence shown. Do not scratch or damage the mating sur-
faces of the cylinder head and cylinder
block.

5. Remove the valve shim 2 from the valve

lifter 3 using compressed air.

2. Remove the timing chain tensioner 1

and camshaft caps in the sequence NOTE:
shown. Do not mix the valve train parts. Keep them
organized in their proper groups.

6. Remove the intake valve and exhaust

valves.

3. Remove the camshafts and timing

chains, and disconnect the ground lead.

4. Remove the cylinder head bolts in the

sequence shown.

NOTE:
Be sure to keep the valves, springs, and
other parts in the order as they were
removed.

5-33 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder head

Valve spring compressor 4:

YM-01253
Valve spring compressor attachment
5:
YB-06320 1
Checking the valve springs
1. Measure the valve spring free length a.
Replace if out of specification.
Valve margin thickness a:
2
Intake: 0.7 mm (0.028 in)
Exhaust: 1.0 mm (0.039 in)

3. Measure the valve stem diameter b.

Replace if out of specification.
3
Valve spring free length a:
4
44.20 mm (1.740 in)

2. Measure the valve spring tilt b. Replace

if out of specification.
5
6
Valve stem diameter b:
Intake:
5.477–5.492 mm
(0.2156–0.2162 in)
Exhaust:
5.464–5.479 mm
(0.2151–0.2157 in)

4. Measure the valve stem runout. Replace

7
Valve spring tilt limit b: if out of specification.
1.5 mm (0.06 in)

Checking the valves

1. Check the valve face for pitting or wear.
8
Replace if necessary.

2. Measure the valve margin thickness a.

Replace if out of specification.
9
69J1D11 5-34

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit

Valve stem runout:

Intake: 0.01 mm (0.0004 in)
Exhaust: 0.01 mm (0.0004 in)

Checking the valve guides

NOTE:
Before checking the valve guide make sure
that the valve stem diameter is within specifi- S69J5790

cation.
Valve guide remover: YB-06801
1. Measure the valve guide inside diameter
a.
2. Install the new valve guide 2 by striking
the special service tool from the cam-
shaft side until the valve guide installer
3 contacts the cylinder head.

S69J5770

Valve guide inside diameter a:

5.504–5.522 mm E
(0.2167–0.2174 in) S69J5800

2. Calculate the valve stem-to-valve guide NOTE:

clearance as follows. Replace the valve Apply engine oil to the surface of the new
guide if out of specification. valve guide.

Valve stem-to-valve guide clearance

= valve guide inside diameter – valve Valve guide remover: YB-06801
stem diameter: Valve guide installer: YB-06810
Intake:
0.025–0.058 mm 3. Insert the special service tool into the
(0.0010–0.0023 in) valve guide 2, and then ream the valve
Exhaust: guide.
0.025–0.058 mm
(0.0010–0.0023 in)

Replacing the valve guides

1. Remove the valve guide 1 by striking
the special service tool from the combus-
tion chamber side.

5-35 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder head

NOTE:
• Turn the valve guide reamer clockwise to
ream the valve guide.
• Do not turn the reamer counterclockwise
when removing the reamer. 1
Valve guide reamer: YB-06804

4. Measure the valve guide inside diameter.

Replace the valve guide if out of specifi-
2
cation.

Valve guide inside diameter:

5.51–5.52 mm (0.2169–0.2173 in)
3
Checking the valve seat
1. Eliminate carbon deposits from the valve
with a scraper. 4
2. Apply a thin, even layer of Mechanic’s
blueing dye (Dykem) onto the valve seat.

3. Lap the valve slowly on the valve seat

with a valve lapper (commercially obtain-
Valve seat contact width a:
Intake:
5
able) as shown. 1.1–1.4 mm (0.043–0.055 in)

6
Exhaust:
1.4–1.7 mm (0.055–0.067 in)

Refacing the valve seat

1. Reface the valve seat with the valve seat

È
cutter.
7
8
30˚ 45˚ 60˚
4. Measure the valve seat contact width a
where the blueing dye is adhered to the
valve face. Reface the valve seat if the 30˚
valve is not seated properly or if the valve 45˚

9
seat contact width is out of specification. S69J5845
Replace the valve guide if the valve seat
contact is uneven.
Valve seat cutter set: YB-91044

69J1D11 5-36

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
2. Cut the surface of the valve seat with a
45° cutter by turning the cutter clockwise
until the valve seat face has become
smooth.
È

60°

S69J5890

b Previous contact width

5. Use a 45° cutter to adjust the contact

S69J5855 width of the valve seat to specification.

45°
S69J5900

a Slag or rough surface b Previous contact width

c Specified contact width
CAUTION:
6. If the valve seat contact area is too wide
Do not over cut the valve seat. Be sure to
and situated in the center of the valve
turn the cutter evenly downward at a pres-
face, use a 30° cutter to cut the top edge
sure of 40–50 N (4–5 kgf, 8.8–11 lbf) to
of the valve seat, a 60° cutter to cut the
prevent chatter marks.
bottom edge to center the area and set
its width.
3. Use a 30° cutter to adjust the contact
width of the top edge of the valve seat.

30° b Previous contact width

S69J5880
7. If the valve seat contact area is too nar-
b Previous contact width
row and situated near the top edge of the
4. Use a 60° cutter to adjust the contact valve face, use a 30° cutter to cut the top
width of the bottom edge of the valve edge of the valve seat. If necessary, use
seat. a 45° cutter to center the area and set its
width.

5-37 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder head
10. After every lapping procedure, be sure to
clean off any remaining lapping com-
pound from the cylinder head and the

1
valve.

11. Check the valve seat contact area of the

valve again.

Checking the camshaft

b Previous contact width

8. If the valve seat contact area is too nar-

1. Check the timing chain sprockets for
damage or wear. Replace the camshaft if
necessary.
2
row and situated near the bottom edge of
the valve face, use a 60° cutter to cut the
bottom edge of the valve seat. If neces-
sary, use a 45° cutter to center the area
3
and set its width.

4
5
2. Measure the cam lobe. Replace if out of
specification.

b Previous contact width

9. Apply a thin, even layer of lapping com-

pound onto the valve seat, and then lap
the valve using a valve lapper (commer-
6
cially obtainable).

Cam lobe a:
7
Intake:

8
45.30–45.40 mm
(1.7835–1.7874 in)
Exhaust:
45.35–45.45 mm
(1.7854–1.7894 in)

CAUTION:
Do not get the lapping compound on the
Cam lobe b:
Intake:
35.95–36.05 mm
(1.4154–1.4193 in)
9
valve stem and valve guide. Exhaust:
35.95–36.05 mm
(1.4154–1.4193 in)

69J1D11 5-38

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
3. Measure the camshaft runout. Replace if
out of specification. Camshaft oil clearance e =
Camshaft cap inside diameter d –
Camshaft journal diameter c:
0.02–0.06 mm (0.0008–0.0023 in)

Checking the timing chain tensioner

1. Measure the plunger extended length a.
Replace if out of specification.

Camshaft runout limit:

0.03 mm (0.0012 in)

4. Measure the camshaft journal diameter NOTE:

c and cylinder head journal inside diam- Check the timing chain tensioner every 400
eter d. Replace the camshaft and cylin- hours of operation.
der head if out of specification.
Timing chain tensioner wear limit a:
1.0 mm (0.04 in) from standard

Checking the timing chain

1. Check the timing chain for damage or
wear. Replace if necessary.

S69J5970

Camshaft journal diameter c:

24.96–24.98 mm
(0.9827–0.9834 in)
Camshaft cap inside diameter d:
25.00–25.02 mm
(0.9843–0.9850 in)

Checking the cylinder head

5. Calculate the camshaft oil clearance e
1. Eliminate carbon deposits from the com-
as follows. Replace the camshaft and
bustion chambers and check for deterio-
cylinder head as a set if out of specifica-
ration.
tion.

5-39 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder head
2. Check the cylinder head warpage using a
straightedge 1 and thickness gauge 2
in six directions as shown. Replace if out

1
of specification.

2
NOTE:
The valve spring can be installed in any
direction.
3
Valve spring compressor 5:
YM-01253
Valve spring compressor attachment
4
6:

Cylinder head warpage limit:

0.1 mm (0.004 in)
YB-06320

3. Compress the valve spring, and then

5
install the valve cotter 7 using a thin
screwdriver with a small amount of
Installing the valves
1. Install the new valve seal 1 to the valve
guide.
grease applied to it.
6
7
8
2. Install the valve 2, valve spring 3, and
valve spring retainer 4 in the sequence
shown, and then attach the special ser-
vice tool.
9
69J1D11 5-40

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
4. Lightly tap the valve spring retainer with
a plastic hammer to set the valve cotter NOTE:
securely. • Apply enginLe oil to the cylinder head bolts
before installation.
• Tighten the M10 bolts to the specified
torques in three stages first, and then
tighten the M8 bolts to the specified torques
in two stages.
• Make a mark a on the M10 bolts and the
cylinder head, and then tighten the bolts
90° from the mark.

Cylinder head bolt (M10):

1st: 19 N·m (1.9 kgf·m, 14 ft·lb)

T.
NOTE:

R.
Apply engine oil to the valve shims and valve 2nd: 37 N·m (3.7 kgf·m, 27 ft·lb)
lifters before installation. 3rd: 90°
Cylinder head bolt (M8):
1st: 14 N·m (1.4 kgf·m, 10 ft·lb)
Installing the cylinder head 2nd: 28 N·m (2.8 kgf·m, 20 ft·lb)
1. Install the new gaskets and cylinder
heads, and then tighten the bolts to the 2. Connect the ground lead.
specified torques in the sequence
shown. 3. Align the projection (wide one) b on the
camshaft sprockets to the alignment
plate (gold) c on the timing chain, and
then install the camshafts to the cylinder
head with new oil seals.

CAUTION:
Do not reuse the cylinder head gaskets,
always replace them with new ones.

5-41 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder head

NOTE:
• Install the camshaft caps in the proper posi-
tion as shown and with the stamped num-
bers facing upside down.
• Apply engine oil to the camshaft cap bolts
before installation.
1
Camshaft cap bolt:
1st: 8 N·m (0.8 kgf·m, 5.8 ft·lb)
2

T.
R.
2nd: 17 N·m (1.7 kgf·m, 12 ft·lb)
Timing chain tensioner bolt:
12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 ft·lb)

4. Install the camshaft caps, and then

tighten the bolts to the specified torques
6. Install the new gaskets, exhaust covers
and canister bracket, and then tighten
the bolts to the specified torques in two
3
in two stages and in the sequence
stages and in the sequence shown.

4
shown.

5. Install the timing chain tensioners 1, and

then tighten the bolts to the specified
torque in the sequence shown.

5
6
Exhaust cover bolt:
1st: 6 N·m (0.6 kgf·m, 4.3 ft·lb) 7
T.
R.

2nd: 12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 ft·lb)

8
9
69J1D11 5-42

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
Cylinder block 5

5-43 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder block
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Crankcase cover 1
2 Bolt 17 M8 × 45 mm
3
4
5
Bolt
Engine hanger
Plate
2
1
1
M6 × 20 mm
1
6 Screw 14 M4 × 8 mm
7
8
9
Gasket
Nut
Baffle plate
1
6
1
Not reusable
2
10 Dowel pin 2
11
12
13
Bolt
Connecting rod cap
Connecting rod bearing
12
6
12
Not reusable
3
14 Connecting rod 6
15
16
17
Piston
Clip
Piston pin
6
12
6
Not reusable 4
18 Oil ring 6
19
20
21
2nd piston ring
Top ring
Plug
6
6
1
5
22 Gasket 1 Not reusable
23
24
25
Gasket
Engine temperature sensor
Bolt
1
1
4
Not reusable

M6 × 25 mm
6
26 Cap 2
27 Stopper

È Tightening sequence
2
7
8
9
69J1D11 5-44

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit

5-45 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder block
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Crankshaft 1
2 Cylinder block 1
3
4
5
Crankcase
Oil seal
Thrust bearing
1
1
2
Not reusable 1
6 Thrust bearing 1
7
8
9
Main bearing
Main bearing
Stud bolt
4
4
6 M8 × 95 mm
2
10 Bolt 8 M10 × 105 mm
11
12
13
Bolt
Bolt
O-ring
2
13
2
M8 × 95 mm
M8 × 55 mm
Not reusable
3
1.9 × 22.9 mm
14
15
16
O-ring
Bolt
Holder
1
2
2
Not reusable
M6 × 20 mm 4
17 Thermoswitch 2
18
19
20
Cover
Thermostat
Bolt
2
2
4 M6 × 25 mm
5
21 Clip 4
22
23
24
Cooling water hose
Oil seal
Oil seal
2
1
1
Not reusable
Not reusable
6
25 O-ring 2 Not reusable
26
27
28
Oil pump assembly
Gasket
Oil seal
1
1
1
Not reusable
Not reusable
7
29 Oil seal 2 Not reusable
30 Bolt

È Tightening sequence
4 M6 × 40 mm
8
9
69J1D11 5-46

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
Disassembling the cylinder block
NOTE:
1. Remove the cooling water passage
• Be sure to keep the bearings in the order as
cover bolts in the sequence shown.
they were removed, and to note the bearing
color.
• Mark each piston with an identification
number a of the corresponding cylinder.
Also, mark each connecting rod and con-
necting rod cap on the up side (flywheel
side) with an identification mark b.
• Do not mix the connecting rods and caps.
Keep them organized in their proper
groups.

2. Remove the crankcase cover bolts in the

6. Remove the crankcase bolts in the
sequence shown.
sequence shown.

NOTE:
Do not remove the ignition timing pointer 7. Remove the oil pump, then the crank-
from the crankcase cover. shaft.

Checking the piston diameter

3. Remove the baffle plate. 1. Measure the piston outside diameter at
the specified measuring point. Replace if
4. Remove the connecting rod bolts and the out of specification.
connecting rod caps, and then remove
the connecting rod and piston assem-
blies.

5. Remove the clips 1 with pliers, and then

remove the piston.

5-47 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder block
Checking the piston clearance
Piston diameter a: 1. Rebore the cylinder or replace the piston
93.921–93.941 mm and piston rings as a set, or the cylinder
(3.6977–3.6985 in)

1
block, or all parts if out of specification.
Measuring point b:
5 mm (0.2 in) up from the bottom of Piston clearance:
the piston skirt 0.075–0.080 mm
(0.0029–0.0031 in)
Checking the cylinder bore
1. Measure the cylinder bore (D1–D6) at
measuring points a, b, and c, and in
direction d (D1, D3, D5), which is parallel
Checking the piston rings
1. Check the piston ring dimensions of B
and T. Replace if out of specification.
2
to the crankshaft, and direction e (D2,
D4, D6), which is at a right angle to the
crankshaft.
3
D2

D4
D1

D3 4
D6 D5

a 20 mm (0.8 in)
b 60 mm (2.4 in)
S69J5B70
Piston ring dimensions:
Top ring a:
B: 1.17–1.19 mm
(0.0461–0.0468 in)
5
c 100 mm (3.9 in) T: 2.8–3.0 mm (0.110–0.118 in)
Cylinder bore (D1–D6):
94.00–94.02 mm
(3.7008–3.7016 in)
Second ring b:
B: 1.17–1.19 mm
(0.0461–0.0468 in)
T: 3.6–3.8 mm (0.142–0.150 in)
6
Oil ring c:
2. Calculate the taper limit. Replace or
rebore the cylinder block if out of specifi-
cation.
B: 2.40–2.47 mm
(0.0945–0.0972 in)
T: 2.3–2.7 mm (0.091–0.106 in)
7
Taper limit:
2. Level the piston ring 1 in the cylinder
D1–D5 (direction d)
D2–D6 (direction e)
0.08 mm (0.0032 in)
with a piston crown.

3. Check the piston ring end gap d at the

8
specified measuring point. Replace if out
3. Calculate the out-of-round limit. Replace

9
of specification.
or rebore the cylinder block if out of spec-
ification.

Out-of-round limit:
D2–D1 (measuring point a)
D6–D5 (measuring point c)
0.05 mm (0.0020 in)

69J1D11 5-48

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
Checking the piston ring side
clearance
1. Measure the piston ring side clearance.
Replace the piston and piston rings as a
set if out of specification.

Piston ring end gap d:

Top ring: Piston ring side clearance:
0.15–0.30 mm Top ring a:
(0.0059–0.0118 in) 0.04–0.08 mm
Second ring: (0.0016–0.0031 in)
0.30–0.45 mm Second ring b:
(0.0118–0.0177 in) 0.03–0.07 mm
Oil ring: (0.0012–0.0027 in)
0.15–0.60 mm Oil ring c:
(0.0059–0.0236 in) 0.04–0.13 mm
Measuring point e: 20 mm (0.8 in) (0.0016–0.0051 in)

Checking the piston ring grooves Checking the piston pin boss bore
1. Measure the piston ring grooves. 1. Measure the piston pin boss bore.
Replace the piston if out of specification. Replace the piston if out of specification.

Piston ring groove: Piston pin boss bore:

Top ring a: 21.02–21.03 mm
1.23–1.25 mm (0.048–0.049 in) (0.8276–0.8280 in)
Second ring b:
1.22–1.24 mm (0.048–0.049 in)
Oil ring c:
2.51–2.53 mm (0.099–0.100 in)

5-49 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder block
Checking the piston pin
1. Measure the piston pin diameter.
Replace if out of specification.

1
2
Piston pin diameter:
21.00 mm (0.827 in) Connecting rod big end side
clearance a:
3
Checking the connecting rod small 0.20–0.25 mm (0.008–0.010 in)
end inside diameter
1. Measure the connecting rod small end
inside diameter a. Replace the connect-
ing rod if out of specification.
Checking the crankshaft
1. Measure the crankshaft journal diameter
a, crankpin diameter b, and crankpin
4
width c. Replace the crankshaft if out of
specification.
5
6
Connecting rod small end inside
diameter a:
21.00 mm (0.827 in)
7
Checking the connecting rod big end
side clearance
1. Measure the connecting rod big end side
clearance a. Replace the connecting
8
rod or crankshaft, or both if out of specifi-
cation.

9
69J1D11 5-50

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit

Crankshaft journal diameter a:

62.968–62.992 mm
(2.4791–2.4800 in)
Crankpin diameter b:
49.976–50.000 mm
(1.9676–1.9685 in)
Crankpin width c:
21.50–21.55 mm
(0.8465–0.8484 in)

NOTE:
2. Measure the crankshaft runout. Replace Install the connecting rod bearings in their
the crankshaft if out of specification. original positions.

4. Put a piece of Plastigauge® (PG-1) onto

the crankpin, parallel to the crankshaft.

S69J5C80

Crankshaft runout limit: NOTE:

0.03 mm (0.0012 in) Be sure not to put the Plastigauge (PG-1)
over the oil hole in the crankpin of the crank-
shaft.
Checking the crankpin oil clearance
1. Clean the bearings and the connecting
rod. 5. Install the connecting rod to the crankpin
3.
2. Install the upper half of the bearing into
the connecting rod 1 and the lower half
into the connecting rod cap 2.

3. Insert the projection a of the bearing into

the slot on the cap and connecting rod.

5-51 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder block

Connecting rod bolt:

1st: 23 N·m (2.3 kgf·m, 17 ft·lb)

T.
R.
2nd: 48 N·m (4.8 kgf·m, 35 ft·lb)
3rd: 90°

7. Remove the connecting rod cap and

1
measure the width of the compressed

2
Plastigauge (PG-1) on each crankpin.
Replace the connecting rod bearing if out
of specification.

3
NOTE:
Align the marks b on the connecting rod cap
and connecting rod, which you made during
4
disassembly. Crankpin oil clearance:

6. Tighten the connecting rod bolts to the

specified torques in three stages.
0.035–0.071 mm
(0.0014–0.0028 in)

Selecting the connecting rod bearing

5
1. When replacing the connecting rod bear-
ing, select the suitable bearing as fol-
lows.

2. Check the crankpin mark a on the

6
crankshaft.

7
NOTE:
• Reuse the removed connecting rod bolts
when checking the oil clearance.
• Do not turn the connecting rod until the
crankpin oil clearance measurement has
8
been completed.
• Make a mark c on the connecting rod
bolts, connecting rod caps, and then tighten
the bolts 90° from the mark.
9
69J1D11 5-52

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
4. Insert the projection a of the bearing into
the notch in the cylinder block.

NOTE:
Install the main bearings in their original posi-
tions.

5. Put a piece of Plastigauge (PG-1) on

each main journal parallel to the crank-
3. Select the suitable color b for the con- shaft.
necting rod bearing from the table.

NOTE:
Crankpin mark a Bearing color b Do not put the Plastigauge (PG-1) over the
92–00 Yellow oil hole in the main journals of the crankshaft.
84–91 Green
76–83 Blue 6. Install the remaining half of the bearings
into the crankcase.
Checking the crankshaft main
journal oil clearance NOTE:
1. Clean the bearings, main journals, and Install the main bearings in their original posi-
bearing portions of the crankcase and tions.
cylinder block.
7. Insert the projection of the bearing into
2. Place the cylinder block upside down on
the notch in the crankcase.
a bench.
8. Install the crankcase onto the cylinder
3. Install half of the bearings 1 and the
block and apply engine oil to the threads
crankshaft 2 into the cylinder block 3.
of the crankcase bolts.

5-53 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder block
9. Tighten the crankcase bolts to the speci- 10. Remove the crankcase and measure the
fied torques in two stages and in the width of the compressed Plastigauge
sequence shown. (PG-1) on each main journal. Replace

1
the main bearing if out of specification.

2
Crankshaft main journal oil
clearance:
3
0.025–0.050 mm

4
(0.0010–0.0020 in)

Selecting the crankshaft main

bearing
NOTE:
1. When replacing the main bearing, select
• Crankcase bolts 1–F can be reused five
times.
• Do not move the crankshaft until the main
journal oil clearance measurement has
the suitable bearing as follows.

2. Check the crankshaft journal mark a on

the crankshaft and the cylinder block
5
been completed. mark b on the cylinder block.
• Tighten crankcase bolts 1–F to the speci-
fied torques in two stages first, and then
tighten crankcase bolts G–S to the speci-
fied torques in two stages.
6
• Make a mark b on the crankcase and
crankcase bolts, and then tighten crank-
case bolts 1–F 90° from the mark.
7
1–8 Crankcase bolt (M8):

8
1st: 25 N·m (2.5 kgf·m, 18 ft·lb)
T.
R.

2nd: 90°
9–F Crankcase bolt (M10):
1st: 40 N·m (4.0 kgf·m, 29 ft·lb)
2nd: 90°
Crankcase bolt (M8):
1st: 14 N·m (1.4 kgf·m, 10 ft·lb)
2nd: 28 N·m (2.8 kgf·m, 20 ft·lb) 9
69J1D11 5-54

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
Disassembling the oil pump
1. Remove the screws 1 and disassemble
the oil pump.

3. Select the suitable main bearing number

c from the table.

Checking the oil pump

1. Check the oil seals and gasket for tears.
Replace if necessary.

2. Check the teeth of the gears for cracks or

Cylinder block mark b wear and the oil pump case for
98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 scratches. Replace if necessary.
92 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
91 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
90 1
89 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Assembling the oil pump
1. Replace the new oil seal 1 and gasket
Crankshaft journal mark a

88 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
87 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
86 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 if necessary, and then tighten the
85 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3
84 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 screws 3 to the specified torque.
83 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
82 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
81 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3
80 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
79 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
78 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
77 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
76 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
75 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
74 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
73 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
72 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
71 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
70 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
69 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
68 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

NOTE:
• Example: If the crankshaft journal mark a
is “81” and the cylinder block mark b is
“04,” then the main bearing number c is
“1.”
• Main bearing #3 is a thrust bearing.

5-55 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder block

NOTE: 45° 45°

Install the oil seals using a general pipe of the #3 #2
proper size. UP

Screw 3:
4 N·m (0.4 kgf·m, 2.9 ft·lb)
#5
#4
RN

#1,#4 #5 1
T.
R.

#3

2
#2
Assembling the piston and cylinder #1
block
1. Assemble the piston 1, connecting rod R
E
2, piston pin 3, and new piston pin clips
4.

3
S60C5E90

CAUTION:
Do not scratch the piston or break the pis-
ton rings.

NOTE:
After installing the piston rings, check that
they move smoothly.
4
4. Install the upper half of the bearing into
the connecting rod 2 and the lower half
into the connecting rod cap 8.
5
NOTE:
• Face the mark a on the connecting rod in
the same direction as the “UP” mark b on
5. Insert the projection e of the bearing into
the slot on the cap and connecting rod.
6
the piston, which you made during disas-
sembly.
• Always use new piston pin clips, and do not
allow the piston pin clip end to align with the
piston pin slot c.
7
2. Install the oil ring 5, second ring 6, and
top ring 7 to the piston with the “R” mark
d of the second ring and the “RN” mark
d of the top ring facing upward.
NOTE:
8
Install the connecting rod bearings in their
3. Offset the piston ring end gaps as
shown.
original positions.

9
69J1D11 5-56

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit
6. Install half of the bearings 9 into the cyl- 10. Apply sealant to the mating surface of
inder block 0. the crankcase.

7. Insert the projection f of the bearing into 11. Insert the projection g of the bearing into
the notch in the cylinder block. the notch in the crankcase.

S69J5F10

NOTE: NOTE:
Install the main bearings in their original posi- Do not get any sealant on the journal bear-
tions. ings.

8. Set the crankshaft A, and oil seal B, 12. Install the crankcase onto the cylinder
and thrust bearings C into the cylinder block, and then tighten the crankcase
block as shown. bolts to the specified torques in two
stages and in the sequence shown.

NOTE:
Apply engine oil to the inner oil seal and the
thrust bearings before installation.

9. Install half of the bearings D and the

thrust bearing E into the crankcase. CAUTION:
Crankcase bolts 1–F can be reused five
NOTE: times.
Install the main bearings in their original posi-
tions.

5-57 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder block

NOTE:
• The oil seals must be installed before tight-
ening the crankcase bolts.
• Apply engine oil to the crankcase bolts
before installation.
• Tighten crankcase bolts 1–F to the speci-
fied torques in two stages first, and then
1
tighten crankcase bolts G–S to the speci-
fied torques in two stages.
• Make a mark h on the crankcase and
crankcase bolts, and then tighten crank-
2
case bolts 1–F 90° from the mark.

1–8 Crankcase bolt (M8):

1st: 25 N·m (2.5 kgf·m, 18 ft·lb)
CAUTION: 3
T.
R.

Do not reuse the connecting rod bolts,

2nd: 90°
always replace them with new ones.
9–F Crankcase bolt (M10):
1st: 40 N·m (4.0 kgf·m, 29 ft·lb)
2nd: 90°
Crankcase bolt (M8):
1st: 14 N·m (1.4 kgf·m, 10 ft·lb)
NOTE:
• Align the marks i on the connecting rod
cap and connecting rod, which you made
4
2nd: 28 N·m (2.8 kgf·m, 20 ft·lb) during disassembly.

13. Install the piston with the “UP” mark on

the piston crown facing towards the fly-
• Apply engine oil to the connecting rod cap
and connecting rod bolt before installation.
• Make a mark j on the connecting rod bolts
5
wheel magnet. and connecting rod caps, and then tighten

6
the bolts 90° from the mark.

Connecting rod bolt:

1st: 23 N·m (2.3 kgf·m, 17 ft·lb)
T.
R.

2nd: 48 N·m (4.8 kgf·m, 35 ft·lb)

3rd: 90°

15. Install the oil pump F by aligning the oil

7
pump gear with the crankshaft.

NOTE:
Apply engine oil to the side of the piston and
piston rings before installation.
8
Piston ring compressor: YM-08037

14. Install the connecting rod cap 8 to the

9
connecting rod, and then tighten the con-
necting rod bolts to the specified torques
in three stages.

69J1D11 5-58

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit

Crankcase cover bolt:

1st: 14 N·m (1.4 kgf·m, 10 ft·lb)

T.
R.
2nd: 28 N·m (2.8 kgf·m, 20 ft·lb)

18. Install the new gasket and cooling water

passage cover, and then tighten the bolts
to the specified torque in the sequence
shown.

CAUTION:
Before installing the oil pump, be sure to
fill it with engine oil through the oil pas-
sage k.

16. Install the baffle plate G to the specified

torque.

Cooling water passage cover bolt:

12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 ft·lb)
T.
R.

19. Before installing the power unit, be sure

to fill it with engine oil through the oil pas-
sage l of the oil filter bracket.

Baffle plate nut:

12 N·m (1.2 kgf·m, 8.7 ft·lb)
T.
R.

17. Install the new gasket and crankcase

cover, and then tighten the bolts to the
specified torque in two stages and in the
sequence shown.
NOTE:
Apply a thin coat of engine oil to the O-ring of
the new oil filter before installation.

5-59 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder block
20. Install the oil filter, and then tighten it to 4. Check the thermostat valve opening at
the specified torque using a 72.5 mm the specified water temperatures.
(2.9 in) oil filter wrench. Replace if out of specification.

1
2
Water
temperature
58–62 °C
Valve lift a

0 mm (0 in)
3
(136–144 °F) (valve begins to lift)
Oil filter: 18 N·m (1.8 kgf·m, 13 ft·lb) above more than
4
T.
R.

70 °C (158 °F) 4.3 mm (0.17 in)

Checking the thermostat 5. Install the thermostat and cover.

1. Remove the cover 1 and thermostat 2.
Installing the power unit
1. Clean the power unit matching surface,
and install the dowel pins 1 and the new
gasket 2.
5
2. Install the power unit 3 by installing the
bolts 4, then tightening them to the
specified torque.
6
3. Install the aprons 5 and upper case

2. Suspend the thermostat in a container of

water.
cover 6, then tighten them to the speci-
fied torque.

4. Connect the fuel pump driver and isolator

7
3. Place a thermometer in the water and couplers, PTT switch coupler, shift cut
slowly heat the water. switch coupler, neutral switch coupler,
trim sensor coupler, and cooling water
pilot hose.
8
9
S69J5E40

69J1D11 5-60

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 POWR
Power unit

PTT motor lead bolt:

4 N·m (0.4 kgf·m, 2.9 ft·lb)

T.
R.
6. Connect the shift cable A and throttle
cable B, and then adjust their lengths.
For adjustment procedures, see Chapter
3, “Checking the throttle link and throttle
cable operation,” and “Checking the
gearshift operation.”

Mounting bolt 4:
42 N·m (4.2 kgf·m, 30 ft·lb)
T.
R.

Apron and upper case cover bolt:

8 N·m (0.8 kgf·m, 5.8 ft·lb)

5. Install the dipstick guide 7, and connect

the fuel hose 8, PTT motor leads 9,
and flushing device hose (flushing device
model) 0.

5-61 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Cylinder block
7. Install the holders C and retaining plate
D. NOTE:
Apply engine oil to the flywheel magnet nut
before installation.

Flywheel magnet holder: YB-06139

1
Flywheel magnet nut:
240 N·m (24 kgf·m, 174 ft·lb) 2

T.
R.
11. Reinstall the all removed parts.

3
8. Install the stator coil bracket and stator

4
coil.

9. Install the Woodruff key.

5
6
10. Install the flywheel magnet.
È

7
8
CAUTION:
Apply force in the direction of the arrows
shown, to prevent the flywheel holder
9
from slipping off easily.

69J1D11 5-62

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR

Lower unit

Special service tools .....................................................................................6-1

Lower unit (regular rotation model) ............................................................. 6-4

Removing the lower unit ............................................................................6-7
Removing the water pump and shift rod.................................................... 6-7
Checking the water pump and shift rod .....................................................6-8

Propeller shaft housing (regular rotation model) ....................................... 6-9

Removing the propeller shaft housing assembly..................................... 6-11
Disassembling the propeller shaft assembly ...........................................6-11
Disassembling the propeller shaft housing.............................................. 6-11
Checking the propeller shaft housing ......................................................6-12
Checking the propeller shaft.................................................................... 6-12
Assembling the propeller shaft assembly ................................................ 6-13
Assembling the propeller shaft housing...................................................6-13

Drive shaft and lower case (regular rotation model) ................................6-15

Removing the drive shaft.........................................................................6-17
Disassembling the drive shaft housing ....................................................6-17
Disassembling the forward gear ..............................................................6-17
Disassembling the lower case .................................................................6-17
Checking the pinion and forward gear.....................................................6-18
Checking the bearings............................................................................. 6-18
Checking the drive shaft ..........................................................................6-18
Checking the lower case .........................................................................6-18
Assembling the lower case...................................................................... 6-18
Assembling the forward gear................................................................... 6-19
Assembling the drive shaft housing......................................................... 6-19
Installing the drive shaft...........................................................................6-19
Installing the propeller shaft housing .......................................................6-20
Installing the water pump and shift rod....................................................6-20
Installing the lower unit ............................................................................6-22

Shimming (regular rotation model) ............................................................ 6-24

Shimming.................................................................................................6-25
Selecting the pinion shims....................................................................... 6-25
Selecting the forward gear shims ............................................................ 6-26
Selecting the reverse gear shims ............................................................ 6-27

Backlash (regular rotation model)..............................................................6-28

Measuring the forward and reverse gear backlash .................................6-28

Lower unit (counter rotation model) .......................................................... 6-30

Removing the lower unit ..........................................................................6-33
Removing the water pump and shift rod.................................................. 6-33
Checking the water pump and shift rod ...................................................6-34

69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Propeller shaft housing (counter rotation model) .................................... 6-35
Removing the propeller shaft housing assembly..................................... 6-37
Disassembling the propeller shaft housing.............................................. 6-37
Checking the propeller shaft housing ......................................................6-38
Checking the propeller shaft.................................................................... 6-38
Assembling the propeller shaft housing...................................................6-39 1
Drive shaft and lower case (counter rotation model) ...............................6-41
Removing the drive shaft.........................................................................6-43
Disassembling the drive shaft housing ....................................................6-43
Disassembling the reverse gear ..............................................................6-43
Disassembling the lower case .................................................................6-43
Checking the pinion and reverse gear.....................................................6-44
2
Checking the bearings............................................................................. 6-44
Checking the drive shaft ..........................................................................6-44
Checking the lower case .........................................................................6-44
Assembling the lower case...................................................................... 6-44
Assembling the drive shaft housing......................................................... 6-45
3
Installing the drive shaft...........................................................................6-46
Installing the propeller shaft housing .......................................................6-46
Installing the water pump and shift rod....................................................6-47
Installing the lower unit ............................................................................6-48 4
Shimming (counter rotation model) ........................................................... 6-50
Shimming.................................................................................................6-51
Selecting the pinion shims....................................................................... 6-51
Selecting the reverse gear shims ............................................................ 6-52
Selecting the forward gear shims ............................................................ 6-52
5
Selecting the propeller shaft shims.......................................................... 6-54

Backlash (counter rotation model)............................................................. 6-54

Measuring the forward and reverse gear backlash .................................6-54
6
7
8
9
69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
Special service tools 6

Slide hammer and adapters Drive shaft needle bearing remover and
YB-06096 installer
YB-06196
Needle bearing installer and remover
YB-06194

Propeller shaft and bearing housing

remover
YB-06335
Forward bearing installer
YB-06430

Puller claw
YB-06523
Bearing outer race attachment
YB-06109

Oil seal installer

YB-06168, YB-06195
Drive shaft holder
YB-06201

Driver handle
YB-06071
Roller bearing installer/remover
YB-06432

6-1 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Special service tools

1
Needle bearing installer Shimming gauge I
YB-06434, YB-06435 YB-06439

2
Pinion gear bushing installer Shift rod push arm
3
YB-06029-4 YB-06052

4
Needle bearing remover and installer Bearing housing puller
5
YB-06213 YB-06207

6
Taper roller bearing installer
YB-06431
Universal puller
YB-06117
7
Forward gear bearing cup installer
YB-06276-B

8
Pinion shimming gauge III
Backlash indicator gauge
YB-06265
9
YB-06441

69J1D11 6-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit

Magnetic plate Shimming gauge

YB-07003 YB-06440-A

Dial gauge
YU-03097

Magnetic flexible stand

YU-34481

Ring nut wrench

YB-06578

Puller bolt
YB-41707

6-3 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Special service tools / Lower unit (regular rotation model)
Lower unit (regular rotation model) 6

1
2
3
4
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
5
1 Lower unit 1
2
3
4
Plate
Rubber seal
Check screw
1
1
1
6
5 Gasket 2 Not reusable
6
7
8
Dowel pin
Bolt
Drain screw
2
7
1
M10 × 45 mm 7
9 Grommet 1
10
11
12
Bolt
Bolt
Spacer
1
1
1
M10 × 44 mm
M10 × 70 mm 8
13 Washer 1
14
15
16
Propeller
Washer
Washer
1
1
1
9
17 Cotter pin 1 Not reusable
18 Propeller nut 1
19 Trim tab 1

69J1D11 6-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit

10 11

12

LT 13
572

14
4
A
15
16
7
17
18
2 A
19
20
LT
572 3
A 21

A
4 22
5

6 23

1
24 24

S69J6010U

6-5 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Lower unit (regular rotation model)
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Shift rod 1
2 Oil seal 1 Not reusable
3
4
Oil seal housing
O-ring
1
1 Not reusable
3.1 × 70.6 mm
1
5 Spring 1
6
7
8
Circlip
Bolt
Seal
1
3
1
M6 × 20 mm 2
9 Woodruff key 1
10
11
12
Bolt
Cover
Seal
4
1
1
M8 × 45 mm
3
13 Water pump housing 1
14

15
O-ring

Insert cartridge
1

1
Not reusable
2.5 × 42 mm
4
16 O-ring 1 Not reusable
2.5 × 91.5 mm
17
18
19
Collar
Spacer
Washer
1
1
2
5
20 Wave washer 1
21
22
23
Impeller
Outer plate cartridge
Gasket
1
1
1 Not reusable
6
24 Dowel pin 2

7
8
9
69J1D11 6-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
Removing the lower unit
1. Drain the gear oil. For draining proce-
dures, see Chapter 3, “Changing the
gear oil.”

2. Set the gearshift to the neutral position,

and place a block of wood between the
anti-cavitation plate and propeller to keep
the propeller from turning, and then
remove the propeller nut and propeller.

NOTE:
Check that there is no oil on the spline and
WARNING check it for wear.
Do not hold the propeller with your hands
when loosening or tightening it. Be sure
Removing the water pump and shift
to disconnect the battery cables from the
batteries and the engine stop lanyard
rod
switch. Put a block of wood between the 1. Remove the water pump assembly and
anti-cavitation plate and propeller to keep shift rod assembly 1.
the propeller from turning.

3. Mark the trim tab 1 at the area shown,

and then remove it.

4. Loosen the bolts, and then remove the

lower unit from the upper case.

6-7 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Lower unit (regular rotation model)
Checking the water pump and shift 4. Check the shift rod for cracks or wear.
rod Replace if necessary.
1. Check the water pump housing for defor-
mation. Replace if necessary.

1
S69J6045
2
3
S69J6030

2. Check the impeller 1 and insert car-

tridge 2 for cracks or wear. Replace if
necessary.

4
5
S69J6035

3. Check the Woodruff key 3 and the

groove a on the drive shaft for wear.
Replace if necessary.
6
7
S69J6040
8
9
69J1D11 6-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
Propeller shaft housing (regular rotation model) 6

6-9 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Propeller shaft housing (regular rotation model)
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Shift rod joint 1
2 Ball 2
3
4
5
Slider
Shift plunger
Dog clutch
1
1
1
1
6 Cross pin 1
7
8
9
Spring
Propeller shaft
Washer
1
1
1
2
10 Reverse gear 1
11
12
13
Reverse gear shim
Ball bearing
O-ring
—
1
1
As required
Not reusable
Not reusable
3
3.1 × 110.6 mm
14
15
16
Propeller shaft housing
Grease nipple
O-ring
1
1
1 Not reusable
4
17 Needle bearing 1
18

19
Oil seal

Ring
2

1
Not reusable
3.1 × 110.6 mm
5
20 Bolt 2 M8 × 20 mm

6
21 Bolt 2 M8 × 30 mm
22 Cooling water inlet cover 2
23 Nut 1
24 Screw 1

7
8
9
69J1D11 6-10

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
Removing the propeller shaft Disassembling the propeller shaft
housing assembly housing
1. Remove the bolts 1, ring 2, and bolts 1. Remove the reverse gear and reverse
3. gear shim(s).
È

2. Pull out the propeller shaft housing Slide hammer and adapters 1:
assembly. YB-06096
È
2. Remove the ball bearing.
È

S69J6060

Slide hammer and adapters 4: S69J6080

YB-06096
Propeller shaft and bearing housing CAUTION:
remover 5: Do not reuse the bearing, always replace
YB-06335 it with a new one.

Disassembling the propeller shaft

assembly Slide hammer and adapters 2:
1. Remove the spring 1, and then remove YB-06096
the cross pin 2, dog clutch 3, slider 4, Puller claw 3: YB-06523
shift plunger 5, and shift rod joint 6.

6-11 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Propeller shaft housing (regular rotation model)
3. Remove the oil seals and needle bear- 3. Check the bearings for pitting or rum-
ing. bling. Replace if necessary.
È

1
S69J6115
2
Oil seal installer 4: YB-06168 Checking the propeller shaft
Driver handle 5: YB-06071

Checking the propeller shaft housing

1. Check the propeller shaft for bends or
wear. Replace if necessary. 3
1. Clean the propeller shaft housing using a
soft brush and cleaning solvent, and then
check it for cracks or damage. Replace if
necessary. 4
5
2. Check the dog clutch, shift rod joint, and

6
shift slider for cracks or wear. Replace if
necessary.
S69J6105

2. Check the teeth and dogs of the reverse

gear for cracks or wear. Replace the
gear if necessary.
7
8
S69J6110
9
69J1D11 6-12

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
Assembling the propeller shaft 2. Apply grease to the new oil seals, and
assembly then install them into the propeller shaft
1. Install the dog clutch 1 as shown. housing to the specified depth.
È

NOTE: NOTE:
Install the dog clutch 1 with the “F” mark a Install an oil seal halfway into the propeller
facing toward the shift plunger. shaft housing, then the other oil seal.

Assembling the propeller shaft Oil seal installer 3: YB-06195

Driver handle 4: YB-06071
housing
1. Install the needle bearing into the propel-
ler shaft housing to the specified depth. Depth c:
È
4.75–5.25 mm (0.187–0.207 in)

3. Install the ball bearing into the propeller

shaft housing.

NOTE:
Install the needle bearing with the manufac-
ture identification mark a facing toward the
oil seal (propeller side).
NOTE:
Driver handle 1: YB-06071 Install the ball bearing with the manufacture
Drive shaft needle bearing remover identification mark facing toward the propeller
and installer 2: shaft housing.
YB-06196

Forward bearing installer 5:

Depth b: YB-06430
25.05–25.55 mm (0.986–1.006 in) Driver handle 6: YB-06071

6-13 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Propeller shaft housing (regular rotation model)
4. Install the reverse gear 7 and original
shim(s) 8 to the propeller shaft housing
using a press.
È

1
2
3
4
CAUTION:
Add or remove shim(s), if necessary,
when replacing the reverse gear or ball
bearing.

Bearing outer race attachment 9:

YB-06109 5
6
7
8
9
69J1D11 6-14

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
Drive shaft and lower case (regular rotation model) 6

6-15 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Drive shaft and lower case (regular rotation model)
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Drive shaft 1
2 Cover 1
3
4
5
Oil seal
Bolt
Drive shaft housing
2
4
1
Not reusable
M8 × 25 mm 1
6 Needle bearing 1
7

8
O-ring

Pinion shim —
1 Not reusable
3 × 60.5 mm
As required
2
9 Thrust bearing 1
10
11
12
Lower case
Needle bearing outer case
Needle bearing
1
1
24
3
13 Pinion 1
14
15
16
Washer
Nut
Forward gear shim —
1
1
As required
4
17 Bearing outer race 1 Not reusable
18
19
Taper roller bearing
Forward gear
1
1
Not reusable
5
6
7
8
9
69J1D11 6-16

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
Removing the drive shaft Disassembling the forward gear
1. Remove the drive shaft, drive shaft hous- 1. Remove the taper roller bearing from the
ing, and pinion, and then pull out the for- forward gear using a press.
ward gear.
È

S69J6186

CAUTION:
Drive shaft holder 1: YB-06201 Do not reuse the bearing, always replace
it with a new one.

Disassembling the drive shaft

Bearing splitter plate 1:
housing
(commercially obtainable)
1. Remove the cover, oil seals, and needle
bearing.
Disassembling the lower case
1. Remove the taper roller bearing outer
race and shim(s).
È

Drive shaft needle bearing remover

and installer 1:
YB-06196
NOTE:
Driver handle 2: YB-06071
Install the claws as shown.

Slide hammer and adapters 1:

YB-06096
Puller claw 2: YB-06523

2. Remove the needle bearing.

6-17 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Drive shaft and lower case (regular rotation model)

1
Roller bearing installer/remover 3: Checking the lower case
S69J6210

2
YB-06432 1. Check the skeg and torpedo for cracks or
Driver handle 4: YB-06071

3
damage. Replace if necessary.

Checking the pinion and forward

gear
1. Check the teeth of the pinion, and the
teeth and dogs of the forward gear for
cracks or wear. Replace if necessary.
4
5
S69J6215

Assembling the lower case

1. Install the original shim(s) and taper roller
bearing outer race.

Checking the bearings

S69J6200
È
6
1. Check the bearings for pitting or rum-
bling. Replace if necessary.
7
CAUTION:
Add or remove shim(s), if necessary,
when replacing the forward gear or lower
8
case.

Checking the drive shaft

1. Check the drive shaft for bends or wear.
Taper roller bearing installer 1:
YB-06431
9
Driver handle 2: YB-06071
Replace if necessary.

69J1D11 6-18

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
2. Install the needle bearing outer case into Assembling the drive shaft housing
the lower case. 1. Install the needle bearing into the drive
shaft housing to the specified depth.
È

NOTE:
Apply engine oil to the needle bearing outer Needle bearing installer and remover
case before installation. 1:
YB-06194
Needle bearing installer 3: Driver handle 2: YB-06071
YB-06435
Pinion gear bushing installer 4: Depth a:
YB-06029-4 4.25–4.75 mm (0.167–0.187 in)
Needle bearing remover and installer
5:
2. Apply grease to the new oil seals, and
YB-06213 then install them into the drive shaft
housing to the specified depth.
3. Install the needle bearing into the needle
bearing outer case. È

NOTE:
Apply engine oil or grease to the needle
bearing, and then install it.

Assembling the forward gear

1. Install the new taper roller bearing into
the forward gear using a press.
È NOTE:
Install an oil seal halfway into the drive shaft
housing, then the other oil seal.

Oil seal installer 3: YB-06195

Driver handle 4: YB-06071

Depth b:
0.25–0.75 mm (0.01–0.03 in)
Forward gear bearing cup installer
1: Installing the drive shaft
YB-06276-B 1. Install the forward gear to the lower case.

6-19 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Drive shaft and lower case (regular rotation model)
2. Install the drive shaft housing 1, thrust Installing the propeller shaft housing
bearing 2, and original shim(s) 3 to the 1. Install the washer 1 and propeller shaft
drive shaft 4. assembly 2 into the propeller shaft
housing assembly 3.

2. Apply grease to the new O-rings. 1

2
CAUTION:
Add or remove shim(s), if necessary,
when replacing the drive shaft housing or
3
drive shaft.

3. Install the drive shaft and drive shaft

housing to the lower case, then the pin- 3. Install the propeller shaft housing assem-
4
ion and pinion nut, and then tighten the bly into the lower case.

5
nut to the specified torque.
4. Install the bolts 4, ring 5, and bolts 6,
È
and then tighten the bolts 4 to the speci-
fied torque.

6
NOTE:
Install the drive shaft by lifting it up slightly,
then aligning it with the pinion and the spline
7
of the drive shaft. Propeller shaft housing bolt 4:
30 N·m (3.0 kgf·m, 22 ft·lb)
8
T.
R.

Drive shaft holder 5: YB-06201 Installing the water pump and shift
rod
Pinion nut:
142 N·m (14.2 kgf·m, 103 ft·lb)
1. Install the shift rod assembly 1.
9
T.
R.

4. Tighten the drive shaft housing bolts.

69J1D11 6-20

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit

5. Install the washers 7, wave washer 8,

spacer 9, and collar 0 to the drive shaft.

2. Install the new gasket 2, outer plate car- NOTE:

tridge 3, and dowel pins 4. • The collar and spacer should fit together
firmly.
• While pulling the drive shaft up, install the
collar with an appropriate tool a that fits
over the drive shaft as shown.

6. Install the O-ring A and insert cartridge

B into the pump housing C.

C A
A
b
c B
b

c
S69J6310U

3. Install the Woodruff key into the drive NOTE:

Align the insert cartridge projections b with
shaft.
the holes c in the pump housing.
4. Align the groove on the impeller 5 with
the Woodruff key 6, and then install it to
the drive shaft.

6-21 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Drive shaft and lower case (regular rotation model)
7. Install the O-ring D and pump housing
È
assembly E into the lower case, tighten
the bolts F, and then install the seal G
and cover H.

1
LT
572
Shift rod push arm: YB-06052
2
A

2. Install the two dowel pins 1 to the lower

unit. 3
3. Install the lower unit to the upper case,
and then tighten the bolts 2 to the speci-
fied torque.

4. Install the trim tab 3 to its original posi-

4
tion, and then tighten the bolt 4 to the

5
specified torque.

S69J6315

NOTE:
• When installing the pump housing, apply
grease to the inside of the housing, and
then turn the drive shaft clockwise while
pushing down the pump housing.
6
• Align the cover projection d with the hole
e in the pump housing.

Installing the lower unit

7
1. Set the gearshift to the neutral position at
the lower unit.

8
Lower case bolts 2:
47 N·m (4.7 kgf·m, 34 ft·lb)
9
T.
R.

Trim tab bolt 4:

43 N·m (4.3 kgf·m, 31 ft·lb)

69J1D11 6-22

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
5. Install the propeller and propeller nut,
and then tighten the nut finger tight.
Place a block of wood between the anti-
cavitation plate and propeller to keep the
propeller from turning, and then tighten
the nut to the specified torque.

WARNING
Do not hold the propeller with your hands
when loosening or tightening it. Be sure
to disconnect the battery cables from the
batteries and the engine stop lanyard
switch. Put a block of wood between the
anti-cavitation plate and propeller to keep
the propeller from turning.

NOTE:
If the grooves in the propeller nut 5 do not
align with the cotter pin hole, tighten the nut
until they are aligned.

Propeller nut 5:
55 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 ft·lb)
T.
R.

6-23 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Drive shaft and lower case (regular rotation model) / Shimming (regular rotation model)
Shimming (regular rotation model) 6

1
F R

2
P

3
4
5
B4

T3

B3
A3

6
7
65.0

A B

T1 T2 B2
B5 8
B1 39.4 41.0

9
A1 A2

S69J6550

69J1D11 6-24

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
Shimming 3. Install the pinion and pinion nut, and then
tighten the nut to the specified torque.
NOTE:
• Shimming is not required when assembling Pinion shimming gauge III 4:
the original lower case and inner parts. YB-06441
• Shimming is required when assembling the
original inner parts and a new lower case.
• Shimming is required when replacing the Pinion nut:
142 N·m (14.2 kgf·m, 103 ft·lb)

T.
R.
inner part(s).

4. Measure the clearance (M) between the

Selecting the pinion shims shimming tool and the pinion as shown.
1. Calculate the specified value (M0) as
shown in the examples below.

NOTE:
Measure the pinion at three points to find the
NOTE: clearance average.
“P” is the deviation of the lower case dimen-
sion from standard. The “P” mark a is
stamped on the trim tab mounting surface of 5. Select the pinion shim(s) (T3).
the lower case in 0.01 mm units. If the “P”
mark is unreadable, assume that “P” is zero
and check the backlash when the unit is
assembled.

Calculation formula:
Specified value (M0) = 1.00 + P/100 mm

Example:
If “P” is (+5), then NOTE:
M0 = 1.00 + (+5)/100 mm = 1.00 + 0.05 mm The sum of T3 and M should not be more
= 1.05 mm than M0.
If “P” is (–3), then
M0 = 1.00 + (–3)/100 mm = 1.00 – 0.03 mm
= 0.97 mm Calculation formula:
Pinion shim thickness (T3) = M0 – M
2. Install the drive shaft 1, thrust bearing
2, and drive shaft housing 3 to the
shimming tool. Available shim thicknesses:
0.10, 0.12, 0.15, 0.18, 0.30, 0.40, and
0.50 mm

6-25 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Shimming (regular rotation model)
Selecting the forward gear shims
1. Calculate the specified value (M0) as
shown in the examples below.

1
NOTE:
Measure the taper roller bearing at three
2
points to find the clearance average.
NOTE:
“F” is the deviation of the lower case dimen-
sion from standard. The “F” mark a is
4. Select the forward gear shim(s) (T1). 3
stamped on the trim tab mounting surface of
the lower case in 0.01 mm units. If the “F”
mark is unreadable, assume that “F” is zero
and check the backlash when the unit is
assembled.
4
Calculation formula:
Specified value (M0) = 0.50 – F/100 mm 5
Example: NOTE:

6
If “F” is (+5), then The sum of T1 and M0 should not be more
M0 = 0.50 – (+5)/100 mm = 0.50 – 0.05 mm than M.
= 0.45 mm
If “F” is (–3), then
M0 = 0.50 – (–3)/100 mm = 0.50 + 0.03 mm Calculation formula:
Forward gear shim thickness (T1) =

7
= 0.53 mm
M – M0
2. Set the shimming tool on the taper roller
bearing.
Available shim thicknesses:
0.10, 0.12, 0.15, 0.18, 0.30, 0.40, and
Shimming gauge I 1: YB-06439

3. Measure the clearance (M) between the

0.50 mm
8
shimming tool and the bearing outer race
2 as shown.

9
69J1D11 6-26

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
Selecting the reverse gear shims 3. Measure the clearance (M) between the
1. Calculate the specified value (M0) as shimming tool and the ball bearing 2 as
shown in the examples below. shown.

NOTE: NOTE:
“R” is the deviation of the lower case dimen- Measure the ball bearing at three points to
sion from standard. The “R” mark a is find the clearance average.
stamped on the trim tab mounting surface of
the lower case in 0.01 mm units. If the “R”
4. Select the reverse gear shim(s) (T2).
mark is unreadable, assume that “R” is zero
and check the backlash when the unit is
assembled.

Calculation formula:
Specified value (M0) = 0.50 – R/100 mm

Example:
If “R” is (+5), then
M0 = 0.50 – (+5)/100 mm = 0.50 – 0.05 mm
= 0.45 mm NOTE:
If “R” is (–3), then The sum of T2 and M0 should not be more
M0 = 0.50 – (–3)/100 mm = 0.50 + 0.03 mm than M.
= 0.53 mm

2. Set the shimming tool on the ball bear- Calculation formula:

ing. Reverse gear shim thickness (T2) =
M – M0
Shimming gauge I 1: YB-06439
Available shim thicknesses:
0.10, 0.12, 0.15, 0.18, 0.30, 0.40, and
0.50 mm

6-27 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Shimming (regular rotation model) / Backlash (regular rotation model)
Backlash È
(regular rotation model) 6

Measuring the forward and reverse

gear backlash
1. Remove the water pump assembly.

2. Set the gearshift to the neutral position.

1
2
È

NOTE:
Install the dial gauge so that the plunger a
contacts the mark b on the backlash indica-
3
tor.
Shift rod push arm: YB-06052

3. Install the special service tool so that it

Backlash indicator gauge 3:
YB-06265
4
pushes against the propeller shaft. Magnetic plate 4: YB-07003

È
Dial gauge 5: YU-03097
Magnet flexible stand 6: YU-34481 5
6. Slowly turn the drive shaft clockwise and
counterclockwise and measure the back-
lash when the drive shaft stops in each
direction. 6
Forward gear backlash:
0.21–0.44 mm (0.008–0.017 in)

NOTE:
Tighten the universal puller or center bolt
while turning the drive shaft until the drive
7. Add or remove shim(s) if out of specifica-
tion.
7
shaft can no longer be turned. Forward gear

Bearing housing puller 1: YB-06207

Universal puller 2: YB-06117
backlash
Less than
0.21 mm (0.008 in)
Shim thickness

To be decreased by
(0.33 – M) × 0.71
8
More than To be increased by
4. Install the backlash indicator onto the
drive shaft (22.4 mm [0.88 in] in diame-
ter), then the dial gauge onto the lower
unit.
0.44 mm (0.017 in)

M: Measurement
(M – 0.33) × 0.71
9
Available shim thicknesses:
5. Set the lower unit upside down. 0.10, 0.12, 0.15, 0.18, 0.30, 0.40, and
0.50 mm

69J1D11 6-28

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
8. Remove the special service tools from 11. Add or remove shim(s) if out of specifica-
the propeller shaft. tion.

9. Apply a load to the reverse gear by Reverse gear

Shim thickness
installing the propeller 7, the spacer 8 backlash
(without the washer 9), then the washer Less than To be decreased by
0 as shown. 0.70 mm (0.028 in) (0.87 – M) × 0.71

More than To be increased by

1.03 mm (0.041 in) (M – 0.87) × 0.71

M: Measurement

Available shim thicknesses:

0.10, 0.12, 0.15, 0.18, 0.30, 0.40, and
0.50 mm

12. Remove the special service tools, and

NOTE: then install the water pump assembly.
Tighten the propeller nut A while turning the
drive shaft until the drive shaft can no longer
be turned.

10. Slowly turn the drive shaft clockwise and

counterclockwise and measure the back-
lash when the drive shaft stops in each
direction.

Reverse gear backlash:

0.70–1.03 mm (0.028–0.041 in)

6-29 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Backlash (regular rotation model) / Lower unit (counter rotation model)
Lower unit (counter rotation model) 6

1
2
3
4
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
5
1 Lower unit 1
2
3
4
Plate
Rubber seal
Check screw
1
1
1
6
5 Gasket 2 Not reusable
6
7
8
Dowel pin
Bolt
Drain screw
2
7
1
M10 × 45 mm 7
9 Grommet 1
10
11
12
Bolt
Bolt
Spacer
1
1
1
M10 × 44 mm
M10 × 70 mm 8
13 Washer 1
14
15
16
Propeller
Washer
Washer
1
1
1
9
17 Cotter pin 1 Not reusable
18 Propeller nut 1
19 Trim tab 1

69J1D11 6-30

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit

6-31 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Lower unit (counter rotation model)
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Shift rod 1
2 Oil seal 1 Not reusable
3
4
Oil seal housing
O-ring
1
1 Not reusable
3.1 × 70.6 mm
1
5 Spring 1
6
7
8
Circlip
Bolt
Seal
1
3
1
M6 × 20 mm 2
9 Woodruff key 1
10
11
12
Bolt
Cover
Seal
4
1
1
M8 × 45 mm
3
13 Water pump housing 1
14

15
O-ring

Insert cartridge
1

1
Not reusable
2.5 × 42 mm
4
16 O-ring 1 Not reusable
2.5 × 91.5 mm
17
18
19
Collar
Spacer
Washer
1
1
2
5
20 Wave washer 1
21
22
23
Impeller
Outer plate cartridge
Gasket
1
1
1 Not reusable
6
24 Dowel pin 2

7
8
9
69J1D11 6-32

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
Removing the lower unit
1. Drain the gear oil. For draining proce-
dures, see Chapter 3, “Changing the
gear oil.”

2. Set the gearshift to the neutral position,

and place a block of wood between the
anti-cavitation plate and propeller to keep
the propeller from turning, and then
remove the propeller nut and propeller.

NOTE:
Check that there is no oil on the spline and
WARNING check it for wear.
Do not hold the propeller with your hands
when loosening or tightening it. Be sure
Removing the water pump and shift
to disconnect the battery cables from the
batteries and the engine stop lanyard
rod
switch. Put a block of wood between the 1. Remove the water pump assembly and
anti-cavitation plate and propeller to keep shift rod assembly 1.
the propeller from turning.

3. Mark the trim tab 1 at the area shown,

and then remove it.

4. Loosen the bolts, and then remove the

lower unit from the upper case.

6-33 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Lower unit (counter rotation model)
Checking the water pump and shift 4. Check the shift rod for cracks or wear.
rod Replace if necessary.
1. Check the water pump housing for defor-
mation. Replace if necessary.

1
S69J6360
2
3
S69J6030

2. Check the impeller 1 and insert car-

tridge 2 for cracks or wear. Replace if
necessary.

4
5
S69J6035

3. Check the Woodruff key 3 and the

groove a on the drive shaft for wear.
Replace if necessary.
6
7
S69J6040
8
9
69J1D11 6-34

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
Propeller shaft housing (counter rotation model) 6

6-35 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Propeller shaft housing (counter rotation model)
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Shift rod joint 1
2 Ball 2
3
4
5
Slider
Shift plunger
Dog clutch
1
1
1
1
6 Cross pin 1
7
8
9
Spring
Forward gear
Forward gear shim
1
1
— As required
2
10 Ring nut 1
11
12
13
Claw washer
Bearing outer race
Taper roller bearing
1
1
1
Not reusable
Not reusable
3
14 Propeller shaft 1
15
16
17
Thrust bearing
Propeller shaft shim
O-ring
1
—
1
As required
Not reusable
4
3.1 × 110.6 mm
18
19
20
Propeller shaft housing
Grease nipple
O-ring
1
1
1 Not reusable
5
21 Needle bearing 1
22

23
Oil seal

Ring
2

1
Not reusable
3.1 × 110.6 mm
6
24 Bolt 2 M8 × 20 mm

7
25 Bolt 2 M8 × 30 mm
26 Cooling water inlet cover 2
27 Nut 1
28 Screw 1

8
9
69J1D11 6-36

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
Removing the propeller shaft 2. Remove the forward gear and forward
housing assembly gear shim(s) from the propeller shaft
1. Remove the bolts 1, ring 2, and bolts housing using a press.
3.

Bearing splitter plate 4:

2. Pull out the propeller shaft housing (commercially obtainable)
assembly.
3. Install the propeller shaft assembly in the
È
reverse direction into the lower case.

S69J6060

Slide hammer and adapters 4:

YB-06096
Propeller shaft and bearing housing 4. Remove the ring nut 5 and claw washer
remover 5: 6.
YB-06335

Disassembling the propeller shaft

housing
1. Remove the spring 1, and then remove
the cross pin 2, dog clutch 3, slider shift
plunger, and shift rod joint.

Ring nut wrench 7: YB-06578

5. Remove the bearing outer race 8, taper

roller bearing 9, thrust bearing 0, and
S69J6375
propeller shaft shim(s) A using a press.

6-37 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Propeller shaft housing (counter rotation model)

1
S69J6105

2. Check the teeth and dogs of the forward

2
gear for cracks or wear. Replace the
gear if necessary.

3
CAUTION:
• Do not press the propeller shaft threads
a directly.
4
• Do not reuse the taper roller bearing,

5
S69J6110
always replace it with a new one.
3. Check the bearings for pitting or rum-
6. Remove the oil seals and needle bear- bling. Replace if necessary.
ing.
È
6
S69J6410
7
Checking the propeller shaft
Oil seal installer B: YB-06168
Driver handle C: YB-06071
1. Check the propeller shaft for bends or
wear. Replace if necessary. 8
Checking the propeller shaft housing
1. Clean the propeller shaft housing using a
soft brush and cleaning solvent, and then
check it for cracks. Replace if necessary.
9
S69J6415

69J1D11 6-38

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
2. Check the dog clutch, shift rod joint, and
È
shift slider for cracks or wear. Replace if
necessary.

NOTE:
Install an oil seal halfway into the propeller
shaft housing, then the other oil seal.
Assembling the propeller shaft
housing Oil seal installer 3: YB-06195
1. Install the needle bearing into the propel- Driver handle 4: YB-06071
ler shaft housing to the specified depth.
È Depth c:
4.75–5.25 mm (0.187–0.207 in)

3. Install the original shim(s) 5 and thrust

bearing 6 with the propeller shaft into
the propeller shaft housing.

NOTE:
Install the needle bearing with the manufac-
ture identification mark a facing toward the
oil seal (propeller side).

S69J6425
Driver handle 1: YB-06071
Drive shaft needle bearing remover
CAUTION:
and installer 2:
YB-06196 Add or remove shim(s), if necessary,
when replacing the propeller shaft, thrust
bearing or propeller shaft housing.
Depth b:
25.05–25.55 mm (0.986–1.006 in)
4. Install the new taper roller bearing 7 and
2. Apply grease to the new oil seals, and bearing outer race 8 into the propeller
then install them into the propeller shaft shaft housing using a press.
housing to the specified depth.

6-39 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Propeller shaft housing (counter rotation model)

Ring nut 0:
108 N·m (10.8 kgf·m, 78 ft·lb)

T.
R.
7. Install the forward gear B, original
shim(s) C, and dog clutch D using a
press.
1
2
Ring nut wrench 9: YB-06578
3
5. Install the propeller shaft assembly in the
reverse direction into the lower case.
4
NOTE:
Install the dog clutch D with the “F” mark e
facing toward the forward gear.

CAUTION:
5
6
Add or remove shim(s), if necessary,
when replacing the forward gear or taper
roller bearing.
6. Install the ring nut 0 and claw washer
A, and then tighten the ring nut to the
specified torque. Ring nut wrench 9: YB-06578

8. Install the shift plunger E and slider F

7
into the propeller shaft, and then install
the cross pin G and spring H.

8
Ring nut wrench 9: YB-06578
9
S69J6445

69J1D11 6-40

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
Drive shaft and lower case (counter rotation model) 6

6-41 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Drive shaft and lower case (counter rotation model)
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Drive shaft 1
2 Cover 1
3
4
5
Oil seal
Bolt
Drive shaft housing
2
4
1
Not reusable
M8 × 25 mm 1
6 Needle bearing 1
7

8
O-ring

Pinion shim
1

—
Not reusable
3 × 60.5 mm
As required
2
9 Thrust bearing 1
10
11
12
Lower case
Needle bearing case
Needle bearing
1
1
24
3
13 Pinion 1
14
15
16
Washer
Nut
Reverse gear shim
1
1
— As required
4
17 Retainer 1
18
19
20
Needle bearing
Thrust bearing
Needle bearing
1
1
2 Not reusable
5
21 Reverse gear 1

6
7
8
9
69J1D11 6-42

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
Removing the drive shaft
1. Remove the drive shaft assembly and
pinion, and then pull out the reverse gear
and thrust bearing.
È

Disassembling the lower case

1. Remove the retainer and shim(s).
È

Drive shaft holder 1: YB-06201

Disassembling the drive shaft

housing
1. Remove the cover, oil seals, and needle
bearing.

Universal puller 1: YB-06117

Puller bolt 2: YB-41707

2. Remove the needle bearing from the

retainer.

Drive shaft needle bearing remover

and installer 1:
YB-06196
Driver handle 2: YB-06071

Disassembling the reverse gear

1. Remove the needle bearing from the Needle bearing installer 3:
reverse gear using a chisel. YB-06434
Driver handle 4: YB-06071

3. Remove the needle bearing.

6-43 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Drive shaft and lower case (counter rotation model)

1
Roller bearing installer/remover 5: Checking the lower case
S69J6210

2
YB-06432 1. Check the skeg and torpedo for cracks or
Driver handle 6: YB-06071

3
damage. Replace if necessary.

Checking the pinion and reverse

gear
1. Check the teeth of the pinion, and the
teeth and dogs of the reverse gear for
cracks or wear. Replace if necessary.
4
5
S69J6215

Assembling the lower case

1. Install the needle bearing into the
retainer to the specified depth.

Checking the bearings

S69J6200
6
1. Check the bearings for pitting or rum-
bling. Replace if necessary.
7
Needle bearing installer 1:
YB-06434
Driver handle 2: YB-06071
8
Checking the drive shaft
1. Check the drive shaft for bends or wear.
Depth a:
–0.25–0.25 mm (–0.010–0.010 in) 9
2. Install the original shim(s) and retainer
Replace if necessary. into the lower case.

69J1D11 6-44

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit

NOTE:
Apply engine oil or grease to the needle
bearing, and then install it.

5. Install the new needle bearings into the

reverse gear to the specified depth.
È

CAUTION:
Add or remove shim(s), if necessary,
when replacing the forward gear or lower
case.

Forward bearing installer 3:

YB-06430
Needle bearing installer 8:
Driver handle 4: YB-06071
YB-06435
Driver handle 9: YB-06071
3. Install the needle bearing outer case into
the lower case.
Depth b:
È
20.75–21.25 mm (0.817–0.836 in)
Depth c:
4.25–4.75 mm (0.167–0.187 in)

6. Install the thrust bearing and reverse

gear into the lower case.

Assembling the drive shaft housing

1. Install the needle bearing into the drive
shaft housing to the specified depth.
NOTE:
Apply engine oil to the needle bearing outer
case before installation.

Needle bearing installer 5:

YB-06435
Pinion gear bushing installer 6:
YB-06029-4
Needle bearing remover and installer
7:
YB-06213
Needle bearing installer and remover
1:
4. Install the needle bearing into the needle
YB-06194
bearing outer case.
Driver handle 2: YB-06071

6-45 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Drive shaft and lower case (counter rotation model)

Depth a: CAUTION:
4.25–4.75 mm (0.167–0.187 in) Add or remove shim(s), if necessary,

1
when replacing the drive shaft housing or
2. Apply grease to the new oil seals, and drive shaft.
then install them into the drive shaft
housing to the specified depth.
3. Install the drive shaft, housing, pinion,
È and pinion nut, and then tighten the nut

È
to the specified torque.
2
3
NOTE:
Install an oil seal halfway into the drive shaft
housing, then the other oil seal.
NOTE:
Install the drive shaft by lifting it up slightly,
4
Oil seal installer 3: YB-06195 then aligning it with the pinion and the spline
Driver handle 4: YB-06071

Depth b:
of the drive shaft.
5
0.25–0.75 mm (0.01–0.03 in) Drive shaft holder 5: YB-06201

Installing the drive shaft

1. Install the forward gear to the lower case.
Pinion nut:
142 N·m (14.2 kgf·m, 103 ft·lb)
6
T.
R.

2. Install the drive shaft housing 1, thrust

bearing 2, and original shim(s) 3 to the
drive shaft 4.
4. Tighten the housing bolts.

Installing the propeller shaft housing

1. Install the propeller shaft housing assem-
7
bly into the lower case.

8
D

9
S69J6515

69J1D11 6-46

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
2. Install the new gasket 2, outer plate car-
NOTE: tridge 3, and dowel pins 4.
Apply grease to the new O-rings before
installation.

2. Install the bolts 1, ring 2, and bolts 3,

and then tighten the bolts 1 to the speci-
fied torque.

Propeller shaft housing bolt 1:

30 N·m (3.0 kgf·m, 22 ft·lb)
T.
R.

3. Install the Woodruff key into the drive

shaft.
Installing the water pump and shift
rod 4. Align the groove on the impeller 5 with
1. Install the shift rod assembly 1. the Woodruff key 6, and then install it to
the drive shaft.

6-47 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Drive shaft and lower case (counter rotation model)
5. Install the washers 7, wave washer 8,
spacer 9, and collar 0 to the drive shaft.

LT
572
1
2
A

NOTE:
• The collar and spacer should fit together
firmly.
• While pulling the drive shaft up, install the
collar with an appropriate tool a that fits
3
over the drive shaft as shown.

6. Install the O-ring A and insert cartridge

B into the pump housing C. S69J6315
4
5
A NOTE:
C • When installing the pump housing, apply
A
b grease to the inside of the housing, and
c B then turn the drive shaft clockwise while
b pushing down the pump housing.

c
4

S69J6310U
• Align the cover projection d with the hole
e in the pump housing.
6
Installing the lower unit

7
NOTE: 1. Set the gearshift to the neutral position at
Align the insert cartridge projections b with the lower unit.
the holes c in the pump housing.

7. Install the O-ring D and pump housing

assembly E into the lower case, tighten
the bolts F, and then install the seal G
and cover H.
8
9
69J1D11 6-48

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
5. Install the propeller and propeller nut,
È
and then tighten the nut finger tight.
Place a block of wood between the anti-
cavitation plate and propeller to keep the
propeller from turning, and then tighten
the nut to the specified torque.

Shift rod push arm: YB-06052

2. Install the two dowel pins 1 to the lower

unit.

3. Install the lower unit to the upper case,

and then tighten the bolts 2 to the speci-
fied torque.

4. Install the trim tab 3 to its original posi-

tion, and then tighten the bolt 4 to the
specified torque.

WARNING
Do not hold the propeller with your hands
when loosening or tightening it. Be sure
to disconnect the battery cables from the
batteries and the engine stop lanyard
switch. Put a block of wood between the
anti-cavitation plate and propeller to keep
the propeller from turning.

NOTE:
If the grooves in the propeller nut 5 do not
Lower case bolts 2: align with the cotter pin hole, tighten the nut
47 N·m (4.7 kgf·m, 34 ft·lb) until they are aligned.
T.
R.

Trim tab bolt 4:

43 N·m (4.3 kgf·m, 31 ft·lb)
Propeller nut 5:
55 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 ft·lb)
T.
R.

6-49 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Drive shaft and lower case (counter rotation model) / Shimming (counter rotation model)
Shimming (counter rotation model) 6

F
P
R
1
2
3
4
B4

T3 5
A3 B3

6
65.0

A B 7
B8
B5

T1 T2
B1 38.4 47.5
A5
A4
A2
8
A1

9
T´4
B7
B6

S69J6670

69J1D11 6-50

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
Shimming 3. Install the pinion and pinion nut, and then
tighten the nut to the specified torque.
NOTE:
• Shimming is not required when assembling Pinion shimming gauge III 4:
the original lower case and inner parts. YB-06441
• Shimming is required when assembling the
original inner parts and a new lower case.
• Shimming is required when replacing the Pinion nut:
142 N·m (14.2 kgf·m, 103 ft·lb)

T.
R.
inner part(s).

4. Measure the clearance (M) between the

Selecting the pinion shims shimming tool and the pinion as shown.
1. Calculate the specified value (M0) as
shown in the examples below.

NOTE:
Measure the pinion at three points to find the
NOTE: clearance average.
“P” is the deviation of the lower case dimen-
sion from standard. The “P” mark a is
stamped on the trim tab mounting surface of 5. Select the pinion shim(s) (T3).
the lower case in 0.01 mm units. If the “P”
mark is unreadable, assume that “P” is zero
and check the backlash when the unit is
assembled.

Calculation formula:
Specified value (M0) = 1.00 + P/100 mm

Example:
If “P” is (+5), then NOTE:
M0 = 1.00 + (+5)/100 mm = 1.00 + 0.05 mm The sum of T3 and M should not be more
= 1.05 mm than M0.
If “P” is (–3), then
M0 = 1.00 + (–3)/100 mm = 1.00 – 0.03 mm
= 0.97 mm Calculation formula:
Pinion shim thickness (T3) = M0 – M
2. Install the drive shaft 1, thrust bearing
2, and drive shaft housing 3 to the
shimming tool. Available shim thicknesses:
0.10, 0.12, 0.15, 0.18, 0.30, 0.40, and
0.50 mm

6-51 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Shimming (counter rotation model)
Selecting the reverse gear shims
NOTE:
1. Calculate the specified value (M0) as
Measure the bearing retainer at three points
shown in the examples below.
to find the clearance average.

4. Select the reverse gear shim(s) (T1). 1

2
NOTE:
“F” is the deviation of the lower case dimen-
sion from standard. The “F” mark a is
3
stamped on the trim tab mounting surface of NOTE:
the lower case in 0.01 mm units. If the “F”

4
The sum of T1 and M should not be more
mark is unreadable, assume that “F” is zero than M0.
and check the backlash when the unit is
assembled.
Calculation formula:
Reverse gear shim thickness (T1) =
Calculation formula:
Specified value (M0) = 30.60 + F/100 mm
M0 – M

Available shim thicknesses:

5
Example:
0.10, 0.12, 0.15, 0.18, 0.30, 0.40, and

6
If “F” is (+5), then
0.50 mm
M0 = 30.60 + (+5)/100 mm = 30.60 + 0.05 mm
= 30.65 mm
If “F” is (–3), then Selecting the forward gear shims
M0 = 30.60 + (–3)/100 mm = 30.60 – 0.03 mm 1. Calculate the specified value (M0) as

7
= 30.57 mm shown in the examples below.

2. Set the thrust bearing 1 to the bearing

retainer 2 as shown.

8
3. Turn the thrust bearing two or three times
to seat the bearing retainer, and then
measure the bearing height (M).

9
69J1D11 6-52

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
4. Measure the clearance (M) between the
NOTE: shimming tool and the propeller shaft
“R” is the deviation of the lower case dimen- housing 8 as shown.
sion from standard. The “R” mark a is
stamped on the trim tab mounting surface of
the lower case in 0.01 mm units. If the “R”
mark is unreadable, assume that “R” is zero
and check the backlash when the unit is
assembled.

Calculation formula:
Specified value (M0) = 2.50 + R/100 mm S69J6684

Example:
If “R” is (+5), then
M0 = 2.50 + (+5)/100 mm = 2.50 + 0.05 mm
= 2.55 mm
If “R” is (–3), then
M0 = 2.50 + (–3)/100 mm = 2.50 – 0.03 mm
= 2.47 mm

2. Install the shim(s) 1, thrust bearing 2,

propeller shaft 3, taper roller bearing 4,
and claw washer 5, and then tighten the
ring nut 6 to the specified torque.

NOTE:
Measure the clearance at four points to find
the clearance average.

5. Select the forward gear shim(s) (T2).

Ring nut wrench: YB-06578

Ring nut 6:
108 N·m (10.8 kgf·m, 78 ft·lb)
T.
R.

3. Set the shimming tool on the taper roller

bearing inner race. NOTE:
The sum of T2 and M should not be more
than M0.
Shimming gauge 7: YB-06440-A

6-53 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Shimming (counter rotation model) / Backlash (counter rotation model)

Calculation formula: Magnet flexible stand 7: YU-34481

Forward gear shim thickness (T2) = Dial gauge 8: YU-03097
M0 – M

Available shim thicknesses:

0.10, 0.12, 0.15, 0.18, 0.30, 0.40, and
3. Select the propeller shaft shim(s) (T’4).
1
0.50 mm

Selecting the propeller shaft shims

1. Install the shim(s) 1, thrust bearing 2,
2
propeller shaft 3, taper roller bearing 4,
and claw washer 5, and then tighten the
ring nut 6 to the specified torque.

NOTE:
T´4
S69J6705

Add or remove shim(s), if the free play is out

3
of specification.

Available shim thicknesses:

0.10, 0.12, 0.15, 0.18, 0.30, 0.40, and
4
0.50 mm

Ring nut wrench: YB-06578

Backlash
(counter rotation model) 6
5
Measuring the forward and reverse

Ring nut 6:
108 N·m (10.8 kgf·m, 78 ft·lb)
gear backlash
1. Remove the water pump assembly.
6
T.
R.

2. Set the gearshift to the neutral position.

2. Measure the propeller shaft free play as

7
È
shown.

8
Propeller shaft free play:
0.25–0.35 mm (0.010–0.014 in)
Shift rod push arm: YB-06052
9
69J1D11 6-54

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 LOWR
Lower unit
3. Install the special service tool so that it
pushes against the propeller shaft. Backlash indicator gauge 3:
YB-06265
È Magnetic plate 4: YB-07003
Dial gauge 5: YU-03097
Magnet flexible stand 6: YU-34481

6. Slowly turn the drive shaft clockwise and

counterclockwise and measure the back-
lash when the drive shaft stops in each
direction.

Forward gear backlash:

NOTE:
0.35–0.70 mm (0.014–0.028 in)
Tighten the universal puller or center bolt
while turning the drive shaft until the drive
shaft can no longer be turned. 7. Add or remove shim(s) if out of specifica-
tion.

Bearing housing puller 1: YB-06207 Forward gear

Shim thickness
Universal puller 2: YB-06117 backlash
Less than To be decreased by
4. Install the backlash indicator onto the 0.35 mm (0.014 in) (0.53 – M) × 0.71
drive shaft (22.4 mm [0.88 in] in diame- More than To be increased by
ter), then the dial gauge onto the lower 0.70 mm (0.028 in) (M – 0.53) × 0.71
unit.
M: Measurement
5. Set the lower unit upside down.
Available shim thicknesses:
È
0.10, 0.12, 0.15, 0.18, 0.30, 0.40, and
0.50 mm

8. Remove the special service tools from

the propeller shaft.

NOTE:
Install the dial gauge so that the plunger a
contacts the mark b on the backlash indica-
tor.

6-55 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Backlash (counter rotation model)
9. Turn the shift rod into the reverse posi-
tion c with the shift rod push arm. NOTE:
When measuring the reverse gear backlash,
10. Turn the drive shaft clockwise until the turn the shift rod push arm towards the
dog clutch 7 is fully engaged. reverse position c with force.

Reverse gear backlash:

1
0.70–1.03 mm (0.028–0.041 in)

15. Add or remove shim(s) if out of specifica-

tion.
2
Reverse gear
Shim thickness

11. Turn the shift rod to the neutral position

backlash
Less than
0.70 mm (0.028 in)
To be decreased by
(0.87 – M) × 0.71
3
d with the shift rod push arm.
More than To be increased by
12. Turn the drive shaft counterclockwise
approximately 30°.
1.03 mm (0.041 in)

M: Measurement
(M – 0.87) × 0.71

4
Available shim thicknesses:

5
0.10, 0.12, 0.15, 0.18, 0.30, 0.40, and
0.50 mm

16. Remove the special service tools, and

then install the water pump assembly.

13. Turn the shift rod to the reverse position

6
c with the shift rod push arm.

14. Slowly turn the drive shaft clockwise and

counterclockwise and measure the back-
lash when the drive shaft stops in each
7
direction.

8
9
69J1D11 6-56

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT

Bracket unit

Special service tools .....................................................................................7-1

Bottom cowling .............................................................................................. 7-3

Upper case, steering arm, swivel bracket and clamp brackets ................. 7-7
Draining the engine oil............................................................................. 7-13
Disassembling the oil pan........................................................................7-13
Checking the oil strainer ..........................................................................7-13
Assembling the oil pan ............................................................................7-13
Removing the steering arm ..................................................................... 7-15
Installing the steering arm ....................................................................... 7-16
Installing the upper case..........................................................................7-17
Removing the power trim and tilt unit ......................................................7-17
Removing the clamp brackets .................................................................7-18
Installing the clamp brackets ................................................................... 7-18
Installing the power trim and tilt unit ........................................................ 7-18
Adjusting the trim sensor .........................................................................7-19

Power trim and tilt unit ................................................................................ 7-21

Disassembling the power trim and tilt motor............................................7-27
Checking the power trim and tilt motor ....................................................7-27
Assembling the power trim and tilt motor ................................................ 7-28
Checking the hydraulic pressure ............................................................. 7-29
Disassembling the gear pump .................................................................7-31
Disassembling the tilt cylinder and trim cylinders .................................... 7-32
Checking the reservoir............................................................................. 7-34
Checking the tilt cylinder and trim cylinder .............................................. 7-34
Checking the valves ................................................................................ 7-34
Checking the filters .................................................................................. 7-35
Checking the gear pump .........................................................................7-35
Checking the gear pump housing............................................................ 7-35
Assembling the gear pump...................................................................... 7-35
Assembling the tilt ram ............................................................................7-36
Assembling the trim rams ........................................................................7-37
Installing the tilt cylinder ..........................................................................7-38
Installing the trim rams ............................................................................7-38
Installing the power trim and tilt motor.....................................................7-39
Installing the reservoir ............................................................................. 7-40
Installing the tilt ram................................................................................. 7-40

Bleeding the power trim and tilt unit.......................................................... 7-41

Not installed............................................................................................. 7-41
Built-in...................................................................................................... 7-42

69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power trim and tilt electrical system.......................................................... 7-43
Checking the fuse....................................................................................7-44
Checking the power trim and tilt relay .....................................................7-44
Checking the power trim and tilt switch ...................................................7-45
Checking the trim sensor.........................................................................7-45
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit
Special service tools 7

PTT oil pressure gauge assembly

YB-06580

PTT oil pressure gauge adapter

YB-06581

Trim and tilt cylinder wrench

YB-06175-2B

PTT piston vice attachment

YB-06572

Tilt rod wrench

YB-06569

7-1 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Special service tools
— MEMO —

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
69J1D11 7-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit
Bottom cowling 7

7-3 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Bottom cowling
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Bracket 1
2 Shift cut switch 1
3
4
5
Bracket
Neutral switch
Screw
1
1
2 M4 × 16 mm
1
6 Plate 1
7
8
9
Spring
Bushing
Grease nipple
1
2
1
2
10 Bolt 1
11
12
13
Bolt
Clamp
Bolt
1
1
1
M6 × 35 mm

M6 × 35 mm
3
14 Screw 2 M4 × 16 mm
15
16
17
Plate
Clip
Bushing
1
2
1
4
18 Washer 1
19
20
21
Shift lever
Washer
Bushing
1
1
2
5
22 Bolt 1 M6 × 30 mm
23
24
25
Bracket
Ball
Spring
1
1
1
6
26 Bolt 1
27
28
Shift rod
O-ring
1
1 Not reusable
1.9 × 12.6 mm
7
29 Grommet 1
30
31
32
Screw
Adapter
Hose joint
1
1
1
M6 × 20 mm
8
33 Plastic tie 1 Not reusable
34
35
36
Flushing hose
Grommet
PTT motor lead
1
1
1
11 × 650 mm
9
37 Trim sensor coupler 1
38 Cotter pin 1

69J1D11 7-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit

7-5 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Bottom cowling
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Bottom cowling 1
2 Rubber seal 1
3
4
5
Cowling lock lever
Bushing
Plate
2
6
2
1
6 Bolt 6 M6 × 30 mm
7
8
9
Wave washer
Lever
Washer
3
2
3
2
10 Bolt 3 M6 × 20 mm
11
12
13
Spring
Hook
Bolt
3
3
3 M6 × 20 mm
3
14 Bracket 1
15
16
17
Bolt
Plate
Grommet
2
2
2
M6 × 25 mm
4
18 Grommet 1
19
20
21
Grommet
Collar
Grommet
2
4
8
5
22 Bolt 4 M6 × 30 mm
23
24
25
Cooling water pilot hole
Bolt
Bracket
1
2
2
M6 × 20 mm 6
26 Trailer switch 1
27
28
29
Bolt
Fuel pump driver and isolator
Bolt
2
1
2 M6 × 20 mm
7
30 Cover 1
31
32
33
Gasket
Cowling lock lever
Plate
1
1
1
8
34 Lever 1

9
69J1D11 7-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit
Upper case, steering arm, swivel bracket and clamp brackets 7

7-7 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Upper case, steering arm, swivel bracket and clamp brackets
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Upper case assembly 1
2 Damper 2
3
4
5
Bolt
Washer
Upper mount
2
6
2
M14 × 190 mm
1
6 Bracket 1
7
8
9
Bolt
Bolt
Mount housing
3
4
2
M10 × 40 mm
M10 × 40 mm 2
10 Bolt 2 M14 × 205 mm
11
12
13
Washer
Rubber washer
Lower mount
2
2
2
3
14 Washer 2
15
16
17
Drain bolt
Metal gasket
Cover
1
1
1
M14 × 12 mm
Not reusable 4
18 Bolt 2 M6 × 14 mm
19
20
21
Damper
Apron stay
Ground lead
1
6
1
5
22 Bolt 1 M6 × 10 mm
23
24
25
Ground lead
Hose
Plastic tie
1
1
1
6
26 Dowel pin 1
27
28
29
Adapter
Bolt
Drive shaft bushing
1
1
1
M6 × 25 mm 7
30 Circlip 2
31
32
33
Nut
Washer
Steering arm
4
4
1
8
34 Washer 2
35
36
37
Bushing
O-ring
Bushing
2
1
1
Not reusable 9
38 Steering yoke 1

69J1D11 7-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit

7-9 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Upper case, steering arm, swivel bracket and clamp brackets
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Upper exhaust guide 1
2 Bolt 2 M8 × 35 mm
3
4
5
Pressure control valve
Bolt
Plate
1
1
1
M6 × 20 mm 1
6 Collar 1
7
8
9
Bolt
Gasket
Dowel pin
7
1
2
M10 × 45 mm
Not reusable 2
10 Lower exhaust guide 1
11
12
13
Gasket
Oil strainer
Collar
1
1
3
Not reusable
3
14 Bolt 3 M6 × 25 mm
15
16
17
Gasket
Dowel pin
Oil pan
1
2
1
Not reusable
4
18 Bolt 2 M8 × 30 mm
19
20
21
Bolt
Gasket
Exhaust manifold
10
1
1
M8 × 60 mm
Not reusable 5
22 Bolt 4 M8 × 90 mm
23
24
25
Exhaust seal
Gasket
Plate
1
1
1
Not reusable 6
26 Dowel pin 2
27
28
29
Muffler
Cooling water pipe
Rubber seal
1
1
1
7
30 Bolt 10 M8 × 35 mm
31
32
33
Muffler seal
Rubber seal
Rubber seal
1
1
1
8
34 Screw 2 M6 × 16 mm
35
36
37
Baffle plate
Dowel pin
Upper case
1
2
1
9
38 Gasket 1 Not reusable

69J1D11 7-10

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit

7-11 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Upper case, steering arm, swivel bracket and clamp brackets
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Through tube 1
2 Port clamp bracket 1
3
4
5
Bolt
Ground lead
Screw
8
3
1
M10 × 45 mm
1
6 Washer 2
7
8
9
Bushing
Friction plate
Screw
10
2
4 M6 × 10 mm
2
10 Screw 2 M6 × 15 mm
11
12
13
Trim sensor
Grease nipple
Screw
1
6
1 M6 × 12 mm
3
14 Clamp 2
15
16
17
Starboard clamp bracket
Self-locking nut
Bolt
1
1
1 M6 × 14 mm
4
18 Collar 1
19
20
21
Pin
Tilt stop lever joint
Pin
2
2
1
5
22 Bolt 1 M6 × 10 mm
23
24
25
Spring
Spring holder
Port tilt stop lever
1
1
1
6
26 Shaft 1
27
28
29
Trim stopper
Starboard tilt stop lever
Circlip
2
1
1
7
30 Nut 2
31
32
33
Swivel bracket
Power trim and tilt unit
Bolt
1
1
1 M6 × 10 mm
8
34 Plastic tie 4
35
36
37
Bolt
Bracket
Anode
4
2
1
M6 × 25 mm
9
69J1D11 7-12

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit
Draining the engine oil 2. Remove the oil pan 4 from the upper
1. Place a drain pan under the drain hole, exhaust guide 5 and lower exhaust
and then remove the drain bolt 1 and let guide 6.
the oil drain completely.
3. Remove the oil strainer 7 from the lower
2. Remove the cover 2 and damper 3. exhaust guide 6.

3. Remove the upper and lower mounting

nut, and then remove the upper case.

4. Remove the muffler assembly from the

upper case.

Disassembling the oil pan

1. Remove the muffler 1, plate 2, and
exhaust manifold 3 from the oil pan 4.

Checking the oil strainer

1. Check the oil strainer for dirt and residue.
Clean if necessary.

Assembling the oil pan

1. Install the gasket 1 and lower exhaust
guide 2 onto the upper exhaust guide
3.

7-13 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Upper case, steering arm, swivel bracket and clamp brackets
2. Install the oil strainer 4 and bolts, and
then tighten the bolts to the specified Exhaust manifold bolt 7:
20 N·m (2.0 kgf·m, 14 ft·lb)

T.
torque.

R.
Oil pan bolt 8:
20 N·m (2.0 kgf·m, 14 ft·lb)

6. Install the plate 9.

1
7. Install the cooling water pipe 0 into the
muffler A.

8. Install the muffler A and bolts into the oil

2
pan, and then tighten the bolts to the

3
specified torque.

4
Oil strainer bolt:
10 N·m (1.0 kgf·m, 7.2 ft·lb)
T.
R.

3. Install the oil pan 5, and then tighten the

bolts finger tight.

4. Install the exhaust manifold 6 and bolts,

and then tighten the bolts finger tight. 5
6
7
Muffler bolt:
20 N·m (2.0 kgf·m, 14 ft·lb)
8
T.
R.

9. Install the muffler assembly B by insert-

ing the tip of the cooling water pipe C
into the joint hole a of the upper case.

5. Tighten the exhaust manifold bolts 7,

then the oil pan bolts 8, and then tighten
10. Install muffler assembly bolts D and E,
and pressure control valve F, and then
tighten them to the specified torques.
9
them to the specified torques.

69J1D11 7-14

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit

Bracket bolt:
54 N·m (5.4 kgf·m, 39 ft·lb)

T.
R.
13. Install the lower mounts I and mount
housings J.

Removing the steering arm

1. Remove the circlip 1.
Muffler assembly bolt D:
20 N·m (2.0 kgf·m, 14 ft·lb) 2. Remove the steering yoke 2 by striking
T.
R.

Muffler assembly bolt E: it with a plastic hammer.

42 N·m (4.2 kgf·m, 30 ft·lb)
Pressure control valve F:
8 N·m (0.8 kgf·m, 5.8 ft·lb)

11. Install the upper mounts G and bolts into

the upper case.

12. Install the bracket H, and then tighten

the bolts to the specified torque.

3. Remove the steering arm from the swivel

bracket by pulling the arm off the bracket.

7-15 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Upper case, steering arm, swivel bracket and clamp brackets
Installing the steering arm
1. Install the washer 1 and bushing 2 onto
the steering arm 3.

2. Place the swivel bracket 4 in an upright

position, and then install the steering arm
onto the swivel bracket.
1
2
3
6. Inject grease into the grease nipple until
grease comes out from both the upper
and lower bushings c.
4
3. Install the bushing 5, O-ring 6, bushing
7, and washer 8 onto the swivel
bracket.
5
6
7
4. Install the steering arm 3 into the steer-
ing yoke 9 by aligning the center a of
8
the yoke with the center b of the steer-
ing arm.

5. Install the circlip 0. 9

69J1D11 7-16

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit
Installing the upper case
1. Install the upper and lower mounting WARNING
bolts into the swivel bracket 1 simulta- After tilting up the outboard motor, be
neously. sure to support it with the tilt stop lever.
Otherwise, the outboard motor could sud-
2. Install the upper mounting nut 2 and denly lower if the power trim and tilt unit
lower mounting nut 3, and then tighten should lose fluid pressure.
them to the specified torques.
NOTE:
If the power trim and tilt does not operate,
loosen the manual valve and tilt the outboard
motor up manually.

2. Remove the anode 2 and bolts 3.

3. Loosen the self-locking nut 4, and then

move the clamp brackets slightly in the
direction of the arrows.

WARNING
Do not remove the tilt stop lever 1 from
the clamp brackets.

4. Remove the plastic ties 5, and then pull

out the PTT motor lead 6.
Upper mounting nut 2:
72 N·m (7.2 kgf·m, 52 ft·lb) 5. Remove the circlip 7, then the shaft 8.
T.
R.

Lower mounting nut 3:

72 N·m (7.2 kgf·m, 52 ft·lb) 6. Remove the power trim and tilt unit 9.

Removing the power trim and tilt unit

1. Fully tilt the outboard motor up, and then
support it with the tilt stop lever 1.

7-17 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Upper case, steering arm, swivel bracket and clamp brackets
Removing the clamp brackets 2. Assemble the clamp brackets and the
1. Remove the self-locking nut 1 and swivel bracket by connecting the ground
ground lead 2, then clamp brackets 3 lead 2, installing the through tube 3,
and 4. then tightening the self-locking nut 4 fin-

2. Remove the trim sensor 5.

ger tight.
1
2
3
4
5
Installing the clamp brackets
1. Install the trim sensor 1 onto the port
clamp bracket.
Installing the power trim and tilt unit
1. Fully tilt the outboard motor up, and then
support it with the tilt stop lever 1.
6
7
8
NOTE:
NOTE:
Adjust the trim sensor after installing the
power trim and tilt unit.
After tilting up the outboard motor, be sure to
support it with the tilt stop lever.
9
2. Install the bolts 2 onto both clamp
brackets together with the power trim and
tilt unit 3.

69J1D11 7-18

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit
3. Install the tilt ram upper end into the Adjusting the trim sensor
swivel bracket with the shaft 4 and cir- 1. Fully tilt the outboard motor up, and then
clip 5. support it with the tilt stop lever 1.

4. Tighten the self-locking nut 6 to the

specified torque.

5. Remove the anode 7.

WARNING
After tilting up the outboard motor, be
sure to support it with the tilt stop lever.
Otherwise, the outboard motor could sud-
denly lower if the power trim and tilt unit
should lose fluid pressure.

2. Loosen the cam screws 2.

3. Adjust the position of the trim sensor,

and then tighten the screws 2 finger
tight.
6. Inject grease into all grease nipples until
grease comes out from the bushings a. 4. Fully tilt the outboard motor down.

5. Measure the trim sensor resistance.

Repeat steps 1–5 if out of specification.

Trim sensor resistance:

Pink (P) – Black (B)
9–11 Ω at 20 °C (68 °F)

6. Tighten the screws 2.

7-19 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Upper case, steering arm, swivel bracket and clamp brackets
7. Fully tilt the outboard motor up, and then
support it with the tilt stop lever.

WARNING
After tilting up the outboard motor, be
sure to support it with the tilt stop lever.
Otherwise, the outboard motor could sud-
1
denly lower if the power trim and tilt unit

2
should lose fluid pressure.

8. Measure the trim sensor resistance.

Check the trim sensor if out of specifica-

3
tion.

Trim sensor resistance:

Pink (P) – Black (B)
247.6–387.6 Ω at 20 °C (68 °F)

4
5
6
7
8
9
69J1D11 7-20

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit
Power trim and tilt unit 7

7-21 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power trim and tilt unit
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Cylinder block 1
2 Reservoir 1
3
4
Bolt
O-ring
3
1
M8 × 20 mm
Not reusable
1.9 × 12.6 mm
1
5 Reservoir cap 1 M12 × 10 mm
6
7
8
O-ring
Sheet
Filter
1
1
1
Not reusable
2
9 Spacer 1
10
11
Bolt
O-ring
3
1
M8 × 20 mm
Not reusable
2.4 × 22.6 mm
3
12 Joint 1

4
13 O-ring 1 Not reusable
14 Manual valve 1
15 Circlip 1
16 Shaft 1

5
17 Circlip 1
18 Bushing 2
19 Pipe 1
20 Pipe 1

6
21 Yoke 1
22 Bolt 2 M5 × 12 mm
23 Washer 4
24 Wave washer 1

7
25 Washer 1
26 Bearing 2
27 Armature 1
28 Brush 4

8
29 Spring 4
30 Screw 2 M4 × 12 mm
31 Brush holder 1
32 Nut 2

9
33 Screw 2 M4 × 6 mm
34 O-ring 1 Not reusable
35 PTT motor base 1
36 Oil seal 1 Not reusable
37 PTT motor lead 1

69J1D11 7-22

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit

7-23 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power trim and tilt unit
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Circlip 2
2 Dust seal 2 Not reusable
3
4
5
Trim cylinder end screw
O-ring
Trim ram
2
2
2
Not reusable 1
6 Trim piston 2
7
8
9
Washer
Bolt
Backup ring
2
2
2
M8 × 20 mm 2
10 O-ring 2 Not reusable
11
12
13
Spring
Adapter
Circlip
2
2
2
3
14 Tilt ram 1
15
16
17
Dust seal
Tilt cylinder end screw
O-ring
1
1
1
Not reusable

Not reusable
4
18 Backup ring 1
19
20
21
O-ring
Spring
Adapter
1
1
1
Not reusable
5
22 Tilt piston 1
23
24
25
O-ring
Backup ring
Ball
1
1
5
Not reusable
6
26 Pin 5
27
28
29
Spring
Washer
Plate
5
1
1
7
30 Washer 1
31
32
33
Bolt
Free piston
O-ring
1
1
1
M6 × 10 mm

Not reusable
8
34 Tilt cylinder 1

9
69J1D11 7-24

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit

7-25 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power trim and tilt unit
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Gear housing 1 1
2 Bolt 3 M5 × 40 mm
3
4
5
Plate
Filter
Valve lock screw
1
1
2
1
6 Down-relief spring 1
7
8
9
Valve support pin
Relief valve seal
Up-relief spring
1
1
1
2
10 Valve support pin 1
11

12
O-ring

Ball
1

1
Not reusable
1.8 × 11.35 mm 3
13 Circlip 2
14
15
16
Main valve seal
Shuttle piston
O-ring
2
1
1 Not reusable
4
17 Return spring 2
18
19
20
Shuttle piston
Drive gear
Ball
1
2
2
5
21 Gear housing 2 1
22
23
24
Ball
Manual release spring
Dowel pin
2
1
1
6
25 Ball 2
26
27
28
Pin
Spring
Spacer
2
2
2
7
29 O-ring 2 Not reusable

30
31
Dowel pin
Bracket
2
1
1.9 × 9.6 mm

8
32 Washer 2

9
33 Bolt 2 M5 × 25 mm
34 O-ring 2 Not reusable
1.9 × 9.6 mm
35 Spacer 2
36 Filter 2

69J1D11 7-26

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit
Disassembling the power trim and Checking the power trim and tilt
tilt motor motor
1. Remove the PTT motor screws 1, then 1. Check the commutator for dirt or foreign
the yoke 2. substances. Clean with #600 grit sand-
paper if necessary.

CAUTION:
Do not allow grease or oil to contact the 2. Check the commutator undercut for dirt
commutator. or foreign substances. Clean with com-
pressed air if necessary.

NOTE: 3. Measure the commutator diameter a.

Place a clean cloth over the end of the arma- Replace if out of specification.
ture shaft and carefully pull the armature from
the yoke with a pair of pliers as shown.

2. Remove the screws 3, disconnect the

PTT motor leads 4, and then remove
the springs 5 and brushes 6.

Commutator diameter limit a:

25.0 mm (0.98 in)

4. Check the armature coil for continuity.

Replace if out of specifications.

7-27 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power trim and tilt unit
8. Check the bearing for damage or wear.
Replace if necessary.

Assembling the power trim and tilt

motor
1. Install the new oil seal 1 and bearing 2
into the motor base 3 as shown.
1
Armature coil continuity
2
Commutator segments b
Segment-laminations c
Segment-shaft d
Continuity
No continuity
No continuity
3
5. Check the circuit breaker for continuity. 2. Connect the PTT motor leads 4 to the
Replace the brush holder if there is no
continuity.
brush holder 5 and then install the brush
holder 5 to the motor base 6. 4
3. Install the brushes 7 and springs 8 to

5
the brush holder as shown.

6. Measure the brush length. Replace if out

6
of specification.

7
8
Brush length limit e:
4.0 mm (0.16 in)
4. Install the bearing 9 to the armature 0.

5. Push the brushes 7 into the holders,

and then install the armature 0.
9
7. Check the base for corrosion or damage.
Replace if necessary.

69J1D11 7-28

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit
4. Install the PTT oil pressure gauge
adapter set 2.

6. Install the wave washer A and washer

B into the yoke C.

NOTE:
Cover the removed pipe joint a with a rag.

PTT oil pressure gauge adapter set:

YB-06580

7. Install the new O-ring and yoke C to the 5. Connect the PTT motor leads to the bat-
motor base. tery terminals to retract the tilt ram, and
then measure the hydraulic pressure.

NOTE:
Place a clean cloth over the end of the arma-
ture shaft and carefully push the armature
from the yoke with a pair of pliers as shown.

Battery
Checking the hydraulic pressure Ram PTT motor lead
terminal
1. Check the hydraulic pressure. Check the
Light green (Lg) +
internal parts if out of specification. Down
Sky blue (Sb) -
2. Fully extend the power trim and tilt rams.
Hydraulic pressure (down):
3. Loosen the pipe joints 1, and then
6.7–8.7 MPa (68–89 kgf/cm2)
remove the pipe joint a.

7-29 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power trim and tilt unit
6. Reverse the PTT motor leads between
the battery terminals to fully extend the
trim and tilt rams.

1
2
NOTE:
Cover the removed pipe joint b with a rag.
3
Battery
Ram

Up
PTT motor lead

Sky blue (Sb)

Light green (Lg)
terminal
+
-
PTT oil pressure gauge adapter set:
YB-06580

12. Connect the PTT motor leads to the bat-

4
tery terminals to extend the tilt ram, and
7. Remove the PTT oil pressure gauge
adapter set 2.

8. Install the pipe joints 1, and then tight-

then measure the hydraulic pressure.
5
ening them to the specified torque.

Pipe joint 1:
15 N·m (1.5 kgf·m, 11 ft·lb)
6
T.
R.

9. Connect the PTT motor leads to the bat-

tery terminals to fully retract the trim and
tilt rams.

10. Loosen the pipe joints 3, and then

7
remove the pipe joint b.

11. Install the PTT oil pressure gauge

adapter set 2.
Hydraulic pressure (up):
12.2–14.2 MPa (124–145 kgf/cm2)
8
9
13. Reverse the PTT motor leads between
the battery terminals to fully retract the
trim and tilt rams.

69J1D11 7-30

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit

NOTE:
If the fluid is at the correct level, the fluid
should overflow out of the filler hole when the
cap is removed.
14. Remove the PTT oil pressure gauge
adapter set 2. Recommended power trim and tilt
fluid:
15. Install the pipe joints 3, and then tight-
ATF Dexron II
ening them to the specified torque.

Pipe joint 3: 19. Install the reservoir cap.

15 N·m (1.5 kgf·m, 11 ft·lb)
T.
R.

Disassembling the gear pump

16. After measuring the hydraulic pressure, 1. Remove the manual valve 1 and gear
connect the PTT motor leads to the bat- pump 2.
tery terminals to fully extend the trim and
tilt rams.

2. Remove the relief valve seal 3 and ball

4.
17. Remove the reservoir cap, and then
check the fluid level in the reservoir.

18. If necessary, add fluid of the recom-

mended type to the correct level.

7-31 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power trim and tilt unit
Disassembling the tilt cylinder and
trim cylinders
1. Hold the tilt cylinder 1 in a vise using
aluminum plates a on both sides.

2. Loosen the tilt cylinder end screw 2, and

then remove the tilt piston assembly.
1
2
3. Remove the bracket 5, then the balls 6. 3
4
WARNING
Make sure that the rams are fully
extended before removing the end screw.
5
Trim and tilt cylinder wrench:

4. Remove the gear housing 2 7, then the

YB-06175-2B

3. Drain the power trim and tilt fluid.

6
shuttle pistons 8. 4. Remove the free piston 3, and then

5. Remove the drive gear 9, balls 0, and

dowel pins A.
blow compressed air through the hole b
while holding down the cloth.
7
8
9
69J1D11 7-32

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit

WARNING
Never look into the tilt cylinder opening
because the free piston and power trim
and tilt fluid may be expelled out force-
fully.

5. Hold the tilt piston in a vise using the

special service tool 4 on both sides.

6. Remove the tilt ram. Trim and tilt cylinder wrench:

YB-06175-2B

9. Remove the trim piston assemblies.

10. Drain the power trim and tilt fluid.

11. Remove the circlip 8, adapter 9, and

spring 0 from the trim piston assem-
blies.

PTT piston vice attachment 4:

YB-06572
Tilt rod wrench 5: YB-06569

7. Hold the cylinder block 6 in a vise using

aluminum plates a on both sides. 12. Hold the trim ram A in a vise using alu-
minum plates a on both sides.

13. Remove the trim piston B.

8. Loosen the trim cylinder end screws 7,

and then remove them.

7-33 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power trim and tilt unit
Checking the reservoir
1. Check the reservoir for cracks or corro-
sion. Replace if necessary.

1
4. Check the trim and tilt rams for bends or
2
excessive corrosion. Polish with #400–
600 grit sandpaper if there is light rust or
Checking the tilt cylinder and trim
cylinder
1. Check the power trim and tilt unit for
replace if necessary.
3
cracks or corrosion. Replace if neces-
sary.

2. Check the inner walls of the cylinder

block and tilt cylinder for scratches.
4
Replace if necessary.

5. Check the pipes for cracks or corrosion.

5
Replace if necessary.

6
7
Checking the valves
1. Check the operation of the tilt piston
absorber valves and the valves for dirt or
8
residue. Clean if necessary.
3. Check the outer surface of the tilt piston
1, trim piston 2, adapter 3, free piston
4, and oil seal of end screw 5 for
scratches. Replace if necessary.
9
69J1D11 7-34

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit
Checking the filters
1. Check gear pump filters 1 and 2, and
shuttle piston filters 3 for dirt or residue.
Clean if necessary.

2. Check the up-relief valve and down-relief

valve for dirt or residue. Clean if neces-
sary.

Checking the gear pump

1. Check the drive gear for damage or
excessive wear. Replace if necessary.

3. Check the main valves for dirt or residue.

Clean if necessary.

Checking the gear pump housing

1. Check the gear pump housing for
scratches. Replace if necessary.

4. Check the absorber valves for dirt or res-

idue. Clean if necessary.

Assembling the gear pump

1. Install the drive gears 1, dowel pins 2,
balls 3, and shuttle pistons 4 into the
gear housing 1 5.

2. Install the gear housing 2 6.

7-35 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power trim and tilt unit

1
2
3. Install the balls 7, manual release spring
8, and bracket 9 by installing the bolts
Up-relief lock screw a height
(from the top of the gear housing):
3
T.
R.
0, then tightening them to the specified 1.8–2.0 mm (0.071–0.079 in)

4
torque. Down-relief lock screw b depth
(from the top of the gear housing):
1.5–2.0 mm (0.059–0.079 in)

5. Install the filters C and gear pump D by

installing the bolts E, then tightening
them to the specified torque.

6. Install the manual valve F.

5
6
Gear pump bracket bolt 0:
7 N·m (0.7 kgf·m, 5.1 ft·lb) 7
T.
R.

4. Install the relief valve seal A and ball B

into the gear housing 1 5.
8
Gear pump bolt E:
7 N·m (0.7 kgf·m, 5.1 ft·lb)
9
T.
R.

Assembling the tilt ram

1. Install the new dust seal 1, O-rings 2
and 3, and backup ring 4 into the tilt
cylinder end screw 5.

69J1D11 7-36

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit

Tilt ram 0:
55 N·m (5.5 kgf·m, 40 ft·lb)

T.
R.
5. Install the new O-ring C and backup ring
D into the tilt piston 9.

6. Install the balls E, absorber valve pins

F, and springs G as shown.

7. Install the washers H, plate I, and bolt

2. Install the tilt cylinder end screw 6, J to the tilt piston 9, and then tighten
spring 7, adapter 8, and tilt piston 9 to the bolt to the specified torque.
the tilt ram 5.

Tilt piston bolt J:

3. Hold the tilt piston in a vise using the 7 N·m (0.7 kgf·m, 5.1 ft·lb)
T.
R.

special service tool A on both sides.

Assembling the trim rams
4. Tighten the tilt ram 0 to the specified
1. Install the trim piston 1 to the trim ram
torque.
2.

2. Hold the trim ram 2 in a vise using alu-

minum plates a on both sides.

3. Tighten the trim piston bolt to the speci-

PTT piston vice attachment A: fied torque.
YB-06572
Tilt rod wrench B: YB-06569

7-37 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power trim and tilt unit
3. Install the tilt cylinder 3 to the cylinder
block 4.

4. Install pipes 5 and 6, and then tighten

them to the specified torque.
1
Trim piston bolt:
2
38 N·m (3.8 kgf·m, 27 ft·lb)
T.
R.

4. Install the new O-ring 3, backup ring 4,

spring 5, adapter 6, and circlip 7 to the
trim piston 1.
3
4
Pipe joint 5 and 6:
15 N·m (1.5 kgf·m, 11 ft·lb) 5
T.
R.

Installing the trim rams

5. Install the new oil seal 8, circlip 9, and
new O-ring 0 into the trim cylinder end
screw A.
1. Hold the cylinder block 1 in a vise using
aluminum plates a on both sides.
6
6. Install the trim cylinder end screw A into
the trim ram 2.

7
2. Fill the trim cylinders with the recom-
8
mended fluid to the correct level b as

Installing the tilt cylinder

1. Install the new O-ring 1 to the free pis-
shown.
9
ton 2.

2. Push the free piston 2 into the tilt cylin-

der 3 until it bottoms out.

69J1D11 7-38

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit

Recommended power trim and tilt 2. Fill the pump housing with the recom-
fluid: mended fluid to the correct level a as
ATF Dexron II shown.

3. Install the trim piston assembly into the

trim cylinder, and then tighten the trim
cylinder end screw 2 to the specified
torque.

Recommended power trim and tilt

fluid:
ATF Dexron II

3. Remove all of the air bubbles with a

WARNING syringe or suitable tool.
Do not push the trim rams down while
NOTE:
installing them into the trim cylinders.
Turn the joint with a screwdriver, and then
Otherwise, the power trim and tilt fluid
remove any air between the pump gear teeth.
may spurt out from the unit.

4. Install the new O-ring 2, power trim and

Trim and tilt cylinder wrench:
tilt motor 3, and then tighten the bolts 4
YB-06175-2B
to the specified torque.

Trim cylinder end screw 2:

160 N·m (16 kgf·m, 115 ft·lb)
T.
R.

Installing the power trim and tilt

motor
1. Install the joint 1 into the pump housing.

7-39 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power trim and tilt unit

Reservoir bolt 6:
18 N·m (1.8 kgf·m, 13 ft·lb)

T.
R.
Reservoir cap 7:
7 N·m (0.7 kgf·m, 5.1 ft·lb)

Installing the tilt ram

1
1. Fill the tilt cylinder with the recommended
fluid to the correct level a as shown.

2. Add a small amount of the recommended

fluid through the cylinder block hole b as
2
shown.

NOTE:
Align the armature shaft with the recess in
the joint.
3
PTT motor bolt 4:
18 N·m (1.8 kgf·m, 13 ft·lb)
4
T.
R.

Installing the reservoir

1. Install the spacer 1, filter 2 and sheet
3 to the cylinder block. 5
2. Install the new O-ring 4 and reservoir
5, and then tighten the bolts 6 to the
specified torque.

3. Install the reservoir cap 7, and then

6
tighten it to the specified torque.
Recommended power trim and tilt
fluid:
ATF Dexron II

3. Install the tilt piston assembly into the tilt

7
cylinder, and then tighten the tilt cylinder
end screw 1 to the specified torque.
8
9
69J1D11 7-40

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit

WARNING Recommended power trim and tilt

To prevent the power trim and tilt fluid fluid:
from spurting out due to internal pres- ATF Dexron II
sure, the tilt ram should be kept at full
length. 5. Install the reservoir cap.

6. Connect the PTT motor leads 2 to the

NOTE: battery terminals.
Place the tilt cylinder end screw at the bottom
of the tilt ram and install the tilt piston assem-
bly into the tilt cylinder.

Trim and tilt cylinder wrench:

YB-06175-2B

Trim cylinder end screw:

90 N·m (9.0 kgf·m, 65 ft·lb)
T.
R.

Bleeding the power trim and tilt

unit 7

Not installed
1. Tighten the manual valve 1 by turning it
clockwise.

Battery
Ram PTT motor lead
terminal
Sky blue (Sb) +
Up
Light green (Lg) -
2. Place the power trim and tilt unit in an Light green (Lg) +
upright position. Down
Sky blue (Sb) -
3. Check the fluid level in the reservoir.
7. Reverse the PTT motor leads between
NOTE: the battery terminals to fully extend the
The fluid level should be at the brim of the tilt ram and trim rams, and then reverse
filler hole. them again to fully retract the rams.

4. If necessary, add sufficient fluid of the

recommended type to the correct level.

7-41 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power trim and tilt unit / Bleeding the power trim and tilt unit
6. Support the outboard motor with the tilt
NOTE: stop lever, and then let the fluid settle for
• Repeat this procedure so that the rams go 5 minutes.
up and down four to five times (be sure to
wait a few seconds before switching the
leads).
• The sound of the power trim and tilt motor
will change when the rams are fully
WARNING
After tilting up the outboard motor, be
sure to support it with the tilt stop lever.
1
Otherwise, the outboard motor could sud-
extended.

2
denly lower if the power trim and tilt unit
• If the rams do not move up and down eas-
should lose fluid pressure.
ily, push and pull on the rams to assist
operation.
7. Remove the reservoir cap 1, and then

3
check the fluid level in the reservoir.
8. Check the fluid level again when the
rams are fully extended. Add sufficient 8. If necessary, add sufficient fluid of the
fluid, if necessary, and then repeat step recommended type to the correct level.
7.

NOTE:
Repeat this procedure until the fluid remains
at the correct level. 4
Built-in
1. Loosen the manual valve by turning it
counterclockwise until it cannot be turned
further.
5
NOTE:
If the fluid is at the correct level, the fluid
should overflow out of the filler hole when the
cap is removed.
6
Recommended power trim and tilt
fluid:
ATF Dexron II
7
9. Install the reservoir cap.
2. Fully tilt the outboard motor up, and then
release it and let it lower by its own
weight four to five times.
NOTE:
Repeat this procedure until the fluid remains
at the correct level.
8
3. Tighten the manual valve by turning it
clockwise.

4. Let the fluid settle for 5 minutes. 9

5. Push and hold the power trim and tilt
switch in the up position until the out-
board motor is fully tilted up.

69J1D11 7-42

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit
Power trim and tilt electrical system 7

R R
B

R R

R
P B
Lg

P B

R
B
Sb

P B
B

Sb

Sb Lg R

P B

Lg

Lg Lg
Lg
R
Sb
Sb
Lg R

Sb

R Lg

Sb

B B

Sb R Lg

S69J7520U

1 Fuse (30 A) B : Black

2 Fuse (20 A) Lg : Light green
3 Power trim and tilt relay P : Pink
4 Power trim and tilt motor R : Red
5 10-pin coupler Sb : Sky blue
6 Battery
7 Power trim and tilt switch
8 Trim sensor

7-43 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power trim and tilt electrical system
Checking the fuse
1. Check the fuse for continuity. Replace if Power trim and tilt relay continuity
there is no continuity.
Sky blue (Sb) – Black (B)
Light green (Lg) – Black (B)
Terminal 1 – Terminal 4
Terminal 2 – Terminal 4
Continuity

Continuity
1
Terminal 1 – Terminal 3
Terminal 2 – Terminal 3
No continuity

2. Connect the digital circuit tester between

2
S69J7525 power trim and tilt relay terminals 1 and
3.
Checking the power trim and tilt
relay
1. Check the power trim and tilt relay for
3. Connect the light green (Lg) lead to the
positive battery terminal and the black
3
(B) lead to the negative battery terminal
continuity. Replace if out of specification.
as shown.

4. Check for continuity between terminals

1 and 3. Replace if there is no continu-
4
ity.

5
6
5. Connect the digital circuit tester between
power trim and tilt relay terminals 2 and
3.
7
NOTE: 6. Connect the sky blue (Sb) lead to the
Be sure to set the measurement range a
shown in the illustration when checking for
continuity.
positive battery terminal and the black
(B) lead to the negative battery terminal
as shown.
8
7. Check for continuity between terminals
2 and 3. Replace if there is no continu-
ity. 9
69J1D11 7-44

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 BRKT
Bracket unit

NOTE:
Turn the lever 1 and measure the resistance
as it gradually changes.

Trim sensor resistance:

Pink (P) – Black (B)
9–11 Ω at 20 °C (68 °F) a
247.6–387.6 Ω at 20 °C (68 °F) b

Checking the power trim and tilt

switch
1. Check the power trim and tilt switch for
continuity. Replace if out of specification.

Lead color

Switch Sky blue Light green

Red (R)
position (Sb) (Lg)
Up
Free
Down

Checking the trim sensor

1. Measure the trim sensor resistance.
Replace if out of specification.

7-45 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 – +
ELEC

Electrical systems

Special service tools .....................................................................................8-1

Checking the electrical components............................................................ 8-2

Measuring the peak voltage ...................................................................... 8-2
1
Measuring the lower resistance.................................................................8-2

Electrical components................................................................................... 8-3

Starboard and rear views ..........................................................................8-3
Port view.................................................................................................... 8-4
2
Front view ..................................................................................................8-5

3
Top view .................................................................................................... 8-6

Wiring harness ............................................................................................... 8-7

Ignition and ignition control system .......................................................... 8-10

Checking the ignition spark gap ..............................................................8-11
Checking the ignition coil.........................................................................8-11
Checking the ECM...................................................................................8-12
Checking the pulser coil ..........................................................................8-12
4
Checking the throttle position sensor ......................................................8-12
Checking the intake air temperature sensor............................................8-13
Checking the engine temperature sensor................................................ 8-13
Checking the thermoswitch ..................................................................... 8-14
Checking the shift cut switch ................................................................... 8-14
5
Checking the neutral switch..................................................................... 8-14

6
Checking the main relay ..........................................................................8-15

Fuel control system .....................................................................................8-16

Checking the low-pressure fuel pump and high-pressure fuel pump ...... 8-18

Starting system ............................................................................................ 8-19

Checking the fuse....................................................................................8-20
Checking the wiring harness (10 pins) ....................................................8-20
Checking the starter relay........................................................................8-20
7
Starter motor ................................................................................................8-21
Removing the starter motor pinion .......................................................... 8-23
Checking the starter motor pinion............................................................ 8-23
Checking the armature ............................................................................8-23
8
Checking the brushes.............................................................................. 8-24
Checking the magnet switch.................................................................... 8-24
Checking the starter motor operation ......................................................8-24

Charging system .......................................................................................... 8-25

9
Checking the stator coil ...........................................................................8-26
Checking the Rectifier Regulator............................................................. 8-26

69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 – +
ELEC
Electrical systems
Special service tools 8

Dynamic spark tester Test harness (3 pins)

YM-34487 YB-06793

Digital multimeter Test harness (3 pins)

YU-34899-A YB-06770

Peak voltage adaptor Test harness (2 pins)

YU-39991 YB-06787

Test harness (2 pins)

YB-06792

Test harness (4 pins)

YB-06771

8-1 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Special service tools / Checking the electrical components
Checking the electrical Measuring the lower resistance
components 8
When measuring a resistance of 10 Ω or less
Measuring the peak voltage with the digital circuit tester, the correct mea-

1
surement cannot be obtained because of the
NOTE: internal resistance of the tester. To obtain the
Before troubleshooting the peak voltage, correct value, subtract the internal resistance
check that all electrical connections are tight from the displayed measurement.
and free from corrosion, and that the battery
NOTE:
is fully charged to 12 V.

The condition of the ignition system can be

determined by measuring the peak voltage.
Obtain the internal resistance of the digital
circuit tester by connecting both of its probes
and checking the display.
2
Cranking speed is effected by many factors,
such as fouled or weak spark plugs, or a
weak battery. If one of these factors is
present, the peak voltage will be lower than
specification. In addition, if the peak voltage
Correct value =
displayed measurement – internal
resistance
3
is lower than specification the engine will not
operate properly.
È 4
5
WARNING
When checking the peak voltage, do not
6
touch any of the connections of the digital
tester leads.

NOTE:
7
• Use the peak voltage adaptor with the digi-

8
tal circuit tester.
• When measuring the peak voltage, set the
selector on the digital circuit tester to the
DC voltage mode.
• Connect the positive pin on the peak volt-
age adaptor to the positive terminal of the
digital circuit tester.
9
69J1D11 8-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 – +
ELEC
Electrical systems
Electrical components 8

Starboard and rear views

#2 #1

#3
#4

#6 #5

S69J8030

1 Thermoswitch
2 Starter motor
3 Oil pressure sensor
4 Ignition coils

8-3 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Electrical components
Port view

6 6

1
5

2
4

3
3 4
5
2

6
1

7
S69J8040U 8
1 Fuel injectors
2

9
Fuel pump driver and isolator
3 Low-pressure fuel pump
4 ECM
5 High-pressure fuel pump
6 Fuses

69J1D11 8-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 – +
ELEC
Electrical systems
Front view

S69J8050U

1 Starter motor
2 Fuses
3 ECM
4 Main relay
5 Rectifier Regulator
6 Power trim and tilt relay
7 Starter relay

8-5 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Electrical components
Top view

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
S69J8060 8
1 Spark plugs A Stator coil
2 B Throttle position sensor

9
Idle speed control
3 Thermoswitches C Ignition coils
4 Intake air pressure sensor
5 Engine temperature sensor
6 Fuses
7 Rectifier Regulator
8 Intake air temperature sensor
9 Starter motor
0 Oil pressure sensor

69J1D11 8-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 – +
ELEC
Electrical systems
Wiring harness 8

R/Y R/Y

6 6 R/Y
B/O B/Y

6
B/W

P/
G
5 7
5

B
B

O
P
O P

B
O/B O/R O/Y
4 P R/Y

3 3 3 8
L/W
R/Y R/Y R/Y

R/Y
L/R B/W
R/Y

O/R L
A B L

G/B
R/Y
G/R 0 L/W

O/Y B
3 R/Y G G/Y
R/Y
O/B
R/Y R/Y R/Y R/Y
3 W/B
R/Y
D W/R
R/Y R/Y
R/Y B R/Y
3 W/G
R/Y
R/Y
R/Y

E R/Y R/Y R/Y R/Y

Br B B/Y R/B
R/Y R/Y
B R/Y
R/Y
B
1 2 L/Y
C
B B B
F B
B
F B B B
B B
B
B
B

I
B/Y Y/G H Br
R/Y
J
R/Y 1 :G 16 : B/W 31 : Br
Lg
P/W R/Y R/Y R/Y 2 : Y/G 17 : L/R 32 : B
R/Y Sb
L O G 3 :P 18 : G/B 33 : P/G
B R
4 :W 19 : G 34 : P
K 5 : 20 : G/R 35 : B/Y
R/B
Sb 6 : L/W 21 : G/Y 36 :
W/B Lg 7 : B/Y 22 : B/O 37 : P
R
8 :B 23 : P/B 38 : O/Y
NO M L/W 9 : L/Y 24 : P/W 39 : O/B
B 10 : O 25 : 40 : O/R
O L/W B
11 : O 26 : W/B 41 :
B 12 : O 27 : L/W 42 : B
B 13 : W/G 28 : Y 43 : B/Y
P P/B 14 : W/B 29 : P/W 44 : B/W
R
P P G 15 : W/R 30 : R/Y
R P/B Lg Y
9 P/W
P W
P

Br Sb

B
Q S69J8070U

8-7 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Wiring harness
Connect to:
3 1 Neutral switch
R/Y R/Y R/Y
2 Shift cut switch
O/B O/Y O/R
3 Fuel injector

1
6
B/O B/Y B/W
4 Throttle position sensor
1 Br
B
R/Y R/Y R/Y
5 Thermoswitch
B 6 Ignition coil
2 L/Y 4 P
B O
7 Intake air pressure sensor
5 P
B 8 Low-pressure fuel pump
R/Y G/R
G/Y B
9
G/B R/Y

2
G Trim meter
0
P
P
B 5 Fuel pump driver and isolator
A High-pressure fuel pump
A R/Y
L B Idle speed control
C Engine temperature sensor
8 R/Y

D
L/W
Pulser coil

R/Y
R/Y
R/Y
R/Y
R/Y

R/Y
R/Y
R/Y
R/Y
R/Y
R/Y

R/Y
O/B
R/Y

R/Y
R/Y
O/R
R/Y

3
O/Y
R/Y
E
F
G
H
I
ECM
Ground
Power trim and tilt relay
Starter relay
Intake air temperature sensor
3
R/B R/Y
R/Y R/Y B L
0 J Main relay

4
R/Y L/W
R/Y R/Y B/W
L/R

B B P/G
K Fuse (20 A)
B
B
B
B
B
B
O
7 L Oil pressure sensor
M
B
Power trim and tilt switch
W/B
B
W/R
W/G D N Computer
B/W
O
L/Y
Br
O/Y
B/Y
O/B
O/R
Diagnostic indicator
P
B/W

5
B/O
G/Y
G
G/R
G/B
Warning indicator
Q
P
O
B/Y
O
P
P/G
Remote control
R
W/R
E
W/B
B
B
W/G
B
B/Y
B C Trim sensor
L/R
Y/G
R/Y
R/Y
L/W B/Y
R/Y
R/Y
Y/G
R/Y
J
O
L/W P/W
G P
Y W

6
P/W P/B
W/B

B
B
B/Y
B I
B
B
P/W
F B
B
B
O
L
B

B
B B
B L/W

NO
H
G
Sb
Lg

Br

B
R/B
W/B
7
R/Y
R/Y
R
K

8
P/B
P P/W
P/B
P

O L/W
Lg
R
Sb
M

9 B
P

R B
P R B

Q
S69J8080U 9
69J1D11 8-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 – +
ELEC
Electrical systems

R/Y
R
R/Y
R/Y
R
R
R/Y
R

1
R
R
Br/W
R/Y
R
R
R

Br/W
R/Y R/Y

R
R
2
5 4

S69J8090U.eps
R/Y R

3 R/Y
3 R
Br/W
R/Y

R/Y

R/Y

R/Y

R/Y
R
R

1
R

R/Y
R/Y
3

R
R
3
Br/W

R/Y
R/Y
R

5 4
2
S69J8090U

Connect to: G : Green B/W : Black/white O/R : Orange/red

1 Accessory battery Gy : Gray B/Y : Black/yellow O/Y : Orange/yellow
2 Main relay L : Blue Br/W : Brown/white P/B : Pink/black
3 Fuel pump driver and Lg : Light green G/B : Green/black P/G : Pink/green
isolator O : Orange G/R : Green/red P/W : Pink/white
4 Starter relay P : Pink G/W : Green/white R/B : Red/black
5 Power trim and tilt R : Red G/Y : Green/yellow R/Y : Red/yellow
relay Sb : Sky blue L/R : Blue/red W/B : White/black
W : White L/W : Blue/white W/G : White/green
B : Black Y : Yellow L/Y : Blue/yellow W/R : White/red
Br : Brown B/O : Black/orange O/B : Orange/black Y/G : Yellow/green

8-9 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Wiring harness / Ignition and ignition control system
Ignition and ignition control system 8

R/Y

R/Y
R/Y R/Y R/Y

R/Y
R/Y
R/Y
R/Y
R/B

R/Y
B
B B
1
P

B
Y

1
B

W/R W/B W/R

R/Y

B B/Y
B

P
B
2
Y
W/G B W/G

3
W/G W/B B B/Y
B W/R

9
B/Y B/Y
4

0 0
G/W G/W

4
G/W G G G B
5
G/W G Y/G
P/W O
B L/W
B
R/Y
B/O
G G
A B
B/Y
B/W G
G/W G R/Y
G/W
2

5
R R/Y
R
B B/W
R/Y R/Y 3
#4 #1
R R

H G H 2 : Y/G 12 : O 32 : B
B 3 : P 13 : W/G 33 : P/G
R/Y 6 : L/W 14 : W/B 34 : P
B/Y P/G O R/Y R/Y
B 7 : B/Y 15 : W/R 35 : B/Y
8 : B 22 : B/O 37 : P

6
B B R 9 : L/Y 28 : Y 42 : B
B/W
P P
C 10 : O 29 : P/W 43 : B/Y
P 11 : O 30 : R/Y 44 B/W
R R/Y R/Y

B B/W

#6 #3 B B

P P
C R
R/Y

H G H
6 7

7
P
R/Y

D R R

B/W B O R

B L/Y B
R B B
B
B B/W L/Y
E
#2 #5 B

8
Br
H G H B B
B

Br
F
S69J8100U

1 ECM 9 Pulser coil H Spark plug B/W : Black/white

2 Oil pressure sensor 0

9
Stator coil B/Y : Black/yellow
3 Intake air temperature A Rectifier Regulator B : Black L/Y : Blue/yellow
sensor B Intake air pressure Br : Brown P/G : Pink/green
4 Engine temperature sensor G : Green P/W : Pink/white
sensor C Thermoswitch O : Orange R/Y : Red/yellow
5 Main relay D Throttle position sensor P : Pink W/B : White/black
6 Fuse (30 A) E Shift cut switch R : Red W/G : White/green
7 Fuse (20 A) F Neutral switch Y : Yellow W/R : White/red
8 Battery G Ignition coil B/O : Black/orange Y/G : Yellow/green

69J1D11 8-10

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 – +
ELEC
Electrical systems
Checking the ignition spark gap Checking the ignition coil
1. Remove the ignition coil cover and dis- 1. Remove the spark plug wires from the
connect the spark plug caps from the spark plugs.
spark plugs.
2. Disconnect the ignition coil coupler.
2. Connect a spark plug cap to the special
service tool. 3. Measure the ignition coil resistance.
Replace if out of specification.
È

S69J8110

Dynamic spark tester: YM-34487

3. Crank the engine and observe the spark S69J8170

through the discharge window of the

spark gap tester. Check the ignition sys- Ignition coil resistance:
tem if the spark is weak. Primary coil:
Red/yellow (R/Y) –
È Black/orange (B/O)
Red/yellow (R/Y) –
Black/yellow (B/Y)
Red/yellow (R/Y) –
Black/white (B/W)
1.5–1.9 Ω at 20 °C (68 °F)
OK Secondary coil:
Spark plug wire – Spark plug wire
S69J8150 19.6–35.4 kΩ at 20 °C (68 °F)

WARNING
• Do not touch any of the connections of
the spark gap tester leads.
• Do not let sparks leak out of the
removed spark plug caps.
• Keep flammable gas or liquids away,
since this test can produce sparks.

8-11 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Ignition and ignition control system
Checking the ECM 3. Measure the pulser coil output peak volt-
1. Remove the ignition coil cover and dis- age. Replace the pulser coil if below
connect the ignition coil coupler. specification.

2. Connect the test harness (2 pins) to the

ignition coil. 1
3. Measure the ECM output peak voltage. If

2
below specification, measure the pulser
coil output peak voltage. Replace the
ECM if the output peak voltage of the
pulser coil is above specification.
S69J8190

Digital multimeter: YU-34899-A

Peak voltage adaptor: YU-39991
Test harness (4 pins): YB-06771
3
Pulser coil output peak voltage:
White/red (W/R) – Black (B)
White/black (W/B) – Black (B)
White/green (W/G) – Black (B)
4
5
Unloaded Loaded
r/min
Cranking 1,500 3,500
S69J8180
DC V 5.3 5.3 20 43
Digital multimeter: YU-34899-A

6
Peak voltage adaptor: YU-39991 Pulser coil resistance (use as
Test harness (2 pins): YB-06792 reference):
White/red (W/R) – Black (B)
White/black (W/B) – Black (B)
ECM output peak voltage: White/green (W/G) – Black (B)
Black/orange (B/O) – Ground
Black/yellow (B/Y) – Ground
Black/white (B/W) – Ground
Loaded
459–561 Ω at 20 °C (68 °F)

Checking the throttle position

sensor
7
r/min
Cranking 1,500 3,500 1. Connect the test harness (3 pins) to the
DC V 252

Checking the pulser coil

260 260 throttle position sensor.

2. Turn the engine start switch to ON.

8
1. Remove the flywheel magnet cover and
3. Measure the throttle position sensor

9
disconnect the pulser coil coupler.
input voltage. Replace the ECM if out of
2. Connect the test harness (4 pins) to the specification.
pulser coil.

4. Measure the throttle position sensor out-

put voltage. Adjust the throttle position
sensor if out of specification.

69J1D11 8-12

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 – +
ELEC
Electrical systems
Checking the engine temperature
sensor
1. Place the engine temperature sensor in a
container of water and slowly heat the
water.

Test harness (3 pins): YB-06793

S69J8240
Throttle position sensor input
voltage:
Orange (O) – Black (B) 2. Measure the engine temperature sensor
5V resistance. Replace if out of specifica-
Throttle position sensor output tion.
voltage:
Engine temperature sensor
Pink (P) – Black (B)
resistance:
695–705 mV
Black/yellow (B/Y) – Black (B)
at 20 °C (68 °F): 54.2–69.0 kΩ
Checking the intake air temperature at 100 °C (212 °F): 3.12–3.48 kΩ
sensor
1. Place the intake air temperature sensor
in a container of water and slowly heat
the water.

S69J8230

2. Measure the intake air temperature sen-

sor resistance. Replace if out of specifi-
cation.

Intake air temperature sensor

resistance:
at 0 °C (32 °F): 5.4–6.6 kΩ
at 80 °C (176 °F): 0.29–0.39 kΩ

8-13 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Ignition and ignition control system
Checking the thermoswitch Checking the shift cut switch
1. Place the thermoswitch in a container of 1. Check the shift cut switch for continuity.
water and slowly heat the water. Replace if there is no continuity.

1
2
S69J8250 S69J8270

2. Check the switch for continuity at the

specified temperatures. Replace if out of
specification.
Switch
position
Lead color
Blue/yellow
(L/Y)
Black (B)
3
Free a
Push b

Checking the neutral switch

4
1. Check the neutral switch for continuity.
Replace if there is no continuity.

5
a Temperature
b Time
c No continuity
d Continuity

Thermoswitch continuity
6
temperature:

7
S69J8270
Pink (P) – Black (B)
e: 84–90 °C (183–194 °F) Switch Lead color
f: 68–82 °C (154–179 °F) position Brown (Br) Black (B)
Free a
Push b
8
9
69J1D11 8-14

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 – +
ELEC
Electrical systems
Checking the main relay
1. Connect the digital circuit tester leads to
main relay terminals 1, 2, and 3.

2. Connect the terminal 4 to the positive

battery terminal.

3. Connect the terminal 5 to the negative

battery terminal.

4. Check for continuity between the main

relay terminals. Replace if there is no
continuity.

5. Check that there is no continuity between

the main relay terminals after disconnect-
ing terminal 4 or 5. Replace if there is
continuity.

S69J8280

8-15 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Ignition and ignition control system / Fuel control system
Fuel control system 8

G G/B R/Y
G G/Y
R/Y

1
H G/R R/Y Y
G/B
R/Y R/Y
R/Y
B 1
R/Y R/Y
R/Y G/R R/Y R/B
G/Y R/Y
G/B R/Y P
G/R
G
B
B
R/Y G/Y R/Y R/Y R/Y B B
I L R/Y
B

B L

W/R W/B W/R

R/Y
B

B
2
Y
W/G B W/G

3
W/B
W/G
B W/R

6
0
J R R/Y
B B/Y

B B/Y

B L/W

A A B/Y B/Y

4
R/Y 4
L/R B/W G/W G/W 5
G/W Y/G P/W O
G G G B L/W
B

G/W G

B L/W L B/Y
B B
G G

K R/Y

5
G
G
B R/Y
G/W
L/R R/Y B/W
R/Y R/Y 3
G/W

R 2 : Y/G 15 : W/R 31 : Br
6 : L/W 16 : B/W 32 : B
#6 7 : B/Y 17 : L/R 33 : P/G
R
R 8 : B 18 : G/B 34 : P
L O/Y R/Y
R/Y R/Y
9 : L/Y 19 : G 35 : B/Y
C
10 : O 20 : G/R 37 : P

6
#4
P/G B O R 11 : O 21 : G/Y 38 : O/Y
L O/R R/Y 12 : O 28 : Y 39 : O/B
B B 13 : W/G 29 : P/W 40 : O/R
#2
P P
D R/Y R/Y 14 : W/B 30 : R/Y 42 B
L O/B R/Y P

R R/Y

B B

P P
D
7 8

#1
L
#3
O/R R/Y
B
B

L/Y
P

O
E

B
R

R
R

B B
7
F
L O/Y R/Y L/Y

8
B
#5 Br L/Y

L O/B R/Y
B B 9
B

L/Y
G
S69J8290U

1 ECM A Stator coil K Fuel pump driver and isolator

2 B L Fuel injector

9
Oil pressure sensor Rectifier Regulator
3 Intake air temperature sensor C Intake air pressure sensor
4 Engine temperature sensor D Thermoswitch
5 Main relay E Throttle position sensor
6 Fuse (5 A) F Shift cut switch
7 Fuse (30 A) G Neutral switch
8 Fuse (20 A) H Idle speed control
9 Battery I High-pressure fuel pump
0 Pulser coil J Low-pressure fuel pump

69J1D11 8-16

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 – +
ELEC
Electrical systems
8

G G/B R/Y
G G/Y
R/Y

H G/R R/Y Y
G/B
R/Y R/Y
R/Y
B 1
R/Y R/Y
R/Y G/R R/Y R/B
G/Y R/Y
G/B R/Y P
G/R
G
B
B
R/Y G/Y R/Y R/Y R/Y B B
I L R/Y
B

B L
R/Y
B

W/R W/B W/R B

Y
W/G B W/G
W/B
W/G
B W/R

6
0
J R R/Y
B B/Y

B B/Y

B L/W

A A B/Y B/Y

R/Y 4
L/R B/W G/W G/W 5
G/W Y/G P/W O
G G G B L/W
B

G/W G

B L/W L B/Y
B B
G G

K R/Y

G
B R/Y 2
G/W G
L/R R/Y B/W
R/Y R/Y 3
G/W

R 2 : Y/G 15 : W/R 31 : Br
6 : L/W 16 : B/W 32 : B
#6 7 : B/Y 17 : L/R 33 : P/G
R
R 8 : B 18 : G/B 34 : P
L O/Y R/Y
R/Y R/Y
9 : L/Y 19 : G 35 : B/Y
C
#4
10 : O 20 : G/R 37 : P
P/G B O R 11 : O 21 : G/Y 38 : O/Y
L O/R R/Y 12 : O 28 : Y 39 : O/B
B B 13 : W/G 29 : P/W 40 : O/R
#2
P P
D R/Y R/Y 14 : W/B 30 : R/Y 42 B
L O/B R/Y P

R R/Y

B B

P P
D
7 8
P

R R
E R
#1
B O
L O/R R/Y
B L/Y B
B B
#3 B
F
L O/Y R/Y L/Y

B
#5 Br L/Y

L O/B R/Y
B B 9
B

L/Y
G
S69J8290U

B : Black G/B : Green/black P/W : Pink/white

Br : Brown G/R : Green/red R/Y : Red/yellow
G : Green G/W : Green/white W/B : White/black
L : Blue G/Y : Green/yellow W/G : White/green
O : Orange L/R : Blue/red W/R : White/red
P : Pink L/Y : Blue/yellow Y/G : Yellow/green
R : Red O/B : Orange/black
Y : Yellow O/R : Orange/red
B/W : Black/white O/Y : Orange/yellow
B/Y : Black/yellow P/G : Pink/green

8-17 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Fuel control system
Checking the low-pressure fuel
pump and high-pressure fuel pump
1. Disconnect the starter relay lead (brown
lead) 1 to prevent the engine from start-
ing.
1
2
2. Turn the engine start switch to ON.
S69J8300
3
4
3. Listen for the operating sound of the
high-pressure fuel pump 2. Replace if
there is no sound.

5
S69J8310J 6
NOTE:
• After the engine start switch is turned to
ON, the high-pressure fuel pump will oper-
ate for 5 seconds.
• Check the operation of the low-pressure
7
fuel pump 3 using the “Stationary test” of

8
the Yamaha Diagnostic System.

9
69J1D11 8-18

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 – +
ELEC
Electrical systems
Starting system 8

Br

R R

R R

Br/W R B Br
R

Br

Br/W R

B B

S69J8330

1 Fuse (30 A) B : Black

2 Fuse (20 A) Br : Brown
3 Starter relay R : Red
4 Starter motor Br/W : Brown/white
5 Battery

8-19 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Starting system
Checking the fuse
1. Check the fuse for continuity. Replace if
there is no continuity.

1
2
S69J8340

Checking the wiring harness

(10 pins)
1. Check the wiring harness for continuity.
3
Replace if there is no continuity.

Checking the starter relay

1. Connect the digital circuit tester leads to
the starter relay terminals.
4
2. Connect the brown (Br) lead to the posi-
tive battery terminal.

3. Connect the black (B) lead to the nega-

5
tive battery terminal.

4. Check for continuity between the starter

relay terminals. Replace if there is no
continuity.
6
5. Check that there is no continuity between
the starter relay terminals after discon-
necting the brown or black lead. Replace
if there is continuity.
7
8
Br
B

S69J8350
9
69J1D11 8-20

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 – +
ELEC
Electrical systems
Starter motor 8

8-21 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Starter motor
No. Part name Q’ty Remarks
1 Clip 1
2 Pinion stopper 1
3
4
5
Starter motor pinion
Spring
Bolt
1
1
2 M6 × 35 mm
1
6 Housing 1
7
8
9
Rubber seal
Bearing
Clutch assembly
1
1
1
2
10 E-clip 1 Not reusable
11
12
13
Thrust washer
Center bracket
Pinion shaft
1
1
1
3
14 Planetary gear 3
15
16
17
Outer gear
Plate
Armature
1
1
1
4
18 Stator 1
19
20
21
Brush holder assembly
Plate
Thrust washer
1
1
1
5
22 Lower bracket 1
23
24
25
Screw
Bolt
Shift lever
2
2
1
M4 × 15 mm
M6 × 120 mm 6
26 Spring 1
27
28
29
Metal gasket
Gasket
Magnet switch
1
1
1
Not reusable 7
30 Brush assembly 1
31 Nut 1
8
9
69J1D11 8-22

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 – +
ELEC
Electrical systems
Removing the starter motor pinion
1. Slide the pinion stopper 1 down as
shown, and then remove the clip 2.

2. Measure the commutator diameter.

Replace the armature if out of specifica-
tion.
NOTE:
Remove the clip with a thin screwdriver.

Checking the starter motor pinion

1. Check the teeth of the pinion for cracks
or wear. Replace if necessary.

Commutator diameter limit:

28.0 mm (1.10 in)

3. Measure the commutator undercut a.

Replace the armature if out of specifica-
tion.
2. Check for smooth operation. Replace if
necessary.

NOTE:
Turn the pinion counterclockwise to check
that it operates smoothly and turn it clockwise
to check that it locks in place.

Checking the armature

1. Check the commutator for dirt. Clean
with #600 grid sandpaper and com- Commutator undercut limit a:
pressed air if necessary. 0.2 mm (0.01 in)

4. Check the armature for continuity.

Replace if out of specifications.

8-23 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Starter motor

Brush continuity

Brush 1 – Brush 2

Checking the magnet switch

No continuity

1. Connect the tester leads between the

1
magnet switch terminals as shown.

Armature continuity
2. Connect the positive battery terminal to
the black and white (B/W) lead. 2
3. Connect the negative battery terminal to
Commutator segments b
Segment –
Armature core c
Segment –
Continuity

No continuity
the starter motor body.

Br/W
3
No continuity
Armature shaft d

Checking the brushes

1. Measure the brush length. Replace the
4
brush assembly if out of specification.

5
S69J8450

CAUTION:
Do not connect the battery for more than
one second, otherwise the magnet switch
may be damaged.

4. Check that there is continuity between

6
the magnet switch terminals. Replace if

Brush length limit a:

9.5 mm (0.37 in)
there is no continuity.

5. Check that there is no continuity after the

negative battery terminal is removed.
7
2. Check the brush holder assembly for Replace if there is continuity.
continuity. Replace if out of specifica-
tions. NOTE:
The starter motor pinion should be pushed
out while the magnet switch is on.
8
Checking the starter motor operation
1. Check the operation of the starter motor
after installing it to the power unit.
9
S69J8440

69J1D11 8-24

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 – +
ELEC
Electrical systems
Charging system 8

W
R
Y
R/Y

Y R/Y W R

G
1 G G 2
G/W G/W G G R/Y Y R W
G/W
G G
G G G
6

G/W R R

B B
R/Y R/Y

G/W
G/W R R

G/W
R/Y R/Y
G/W G/W

R
R
R/Y R/Y
3
3 3
R
3
R
R/Y

B R R
R

B B

5 4

S69J8460U

1 Stator coil B : Black

2 Rectifier Regulator G : Green
3 Fuse (30 A) R : Red
4 Starting battery W : White
5 Accessory battery Y : Yellow
6 Fuel pump driver and isolator G/W : Green/white
R/Y : Red/yellow

8-25 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Charging system
Checking the stator coil
1. Remove the intake silencer and discon- Stator coil resistance (use as
nect the stator coil coupler. reference):
Green (G) – Green (G)
2. Connect the test harness (3 pins) to the
stator coil.
0.28–0.42 Ω at 20 °C (68 °F)
0.24–0.36 Ω at 20 °C (68 °F)
Green/white (G/W) –
1
3. Install the intake silencer. Green/white (G/W)
0.24–0.36 Ω at 20 °C (68 °F)
CAUTION:
Do not start the engine when the intake
silencer is not installed.
0.20–0.31 Ω at 20 °C (68 °F)

Checking the Rectifier Regulator

2
1. Remove the intake silencer and discon-
4. Measure the stator coil output peak volt-
age. Replace the stator coil if below
specification.
nect the Rectifier Regulator coupler.

2. Connect the test harness (2 pins) to the

Rectifier Regulator.
3
3. Install the intake silencer.

CAUTION:
Do not start the engine when the intake
4
silencer is not installed.

4. Measure the Rectifier Regulator output

peak voltage. If below specification, mea-
5
sure the stator coil output peak voltage.

S69J8470
Replace the Rectifier Regulator if the out-
put peak voltage of the stator coil is
above specification. 6
Digital multimeter: YU-34899-A

7
Peak voltage adaptor: YU-39991 B
Test harness (3 pins): YB-06770

Stator coil output peak voltage:

Green (G) – Green (G)

r/min

DC V
Cranking
10
Unloaded
1,500
42
3,500
93
8
Green/white (G/W) – Green/white (G/W)

r/min

DC V
Cranking
9.0
Unloaded
1,500
34
3,500
78 NOTE:
S69J8480
9
Disconnect the output lead couplers (blue) of
the Rectifier Regulator when measuring the
output peak voltage.

69J1D11 8-26

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 – +
ELEC
Electrical systems

Digital multimeter: YU-34899-A

Peak voltage adaptor: YU-39991
Test harness (2 pins): YB-06787

Rectifier Regulator output peak

voltage:
Red (R) – Black (B)
Red/yellow (R/Y) – Black (B)
Unloaded
r/min
1,500 3,500
DC V 13 13

8-27 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 TRBL
SHTG
Troubleshooting

Special service tools .....................................................................................9-1

Yamaha Diagnostic System ..........................................................................9-2

Introduction................................................................................................9-2
1
Power unit....................................................................................................... 9-5

Bracket unit .................................................................................................. 9-14

2
Electrical systems........................................................................................ 9-18

Self-diagnosis...............................................................................................9-19
Diagnosing the electronic control system ................................................ 9-19
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 TRBL
SHTG Troubleshooting
Special service tools 9

Yamaha Diagnostic System

60V-85300-02

YAMAHA
DIAGNOSTIC
SYSTEM
INSTALLATION MANUAL

Yamaha Diagnostic System

60V-WS853-02

Diagnostic test lead

YB-06795

9-1 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Special service tools / Yamaha Diagnostic System
Yamaha Diagnostic System 9

Introduction
Features
The newly developed Yamaha Diagnostic System provides quicker detection and analysis of engine
malfunctions for quicker troubleshooting procedures than traditional methods.
By connecting your computer to the ECM (Electronic Control Module) of an outboard motor using
the communication cable, this software can be used to display sensor data and data stored in the
1
ECM on a computer’s monitor.
If this software is run on Microsoft Windows® 95, Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000, or
Windows XP the information can be displayed in colorful graphics. Also, the software can be oper-
ated using either a mouse or a keyboard.
In addition, the data for the main functions (Diagnosis, Diagnosis record, Engine monitor, and Data
2
logger) can be saved on a disk or printed out.

Functions
1. Diagnosis: With the engine main switch ON, each sensor’s status and each ECM diagnosis
code or item is displayed. This enables you to find malfunctioning parts and controls quickly.
3
2. Diagnosis record: Sensors that had been activated and ECM diagnostic codes that have been
recorded are displayed. This allows you to check the outboard motor’s record of malfunctions.

3. Engine monitor: Each sensor status and the ECM data are displayed while the engine is run-
4
ning. This enables you to find malfunctioning parts quickly.

4. Stationary test: With the engine off, the ignition, fuel injection, electric fuel pump, and ISC
valve are checked. These tests can be performed quickly.
5
5. Active test: With the engine running the ISC valve is checked.

6. Data logger: Displays 13 minutes of recorded data for two or more of the items stored in the
ECM. In addition, the operating time as compared to the engine speed and the total operating
time are displayed. This allows you to check the operating status of the engine.
6
7. Some files: Lets you select and run other applications while continuing to run the diagnostic
program.

Contents
7
1. Software (1)

2. Adapter (1)

3. Communication cable (1)

YAMAHA
DIAGNOSTIC
SYSTEM

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
YAMAHA
DIAGNOSTIC
SYSTEM
INSTALLATION MANUAL
8
4. Instruction Manual (1)

5. Installation Manual (1) 1 2 3 4 5

9
69J1D11 9-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 TRBL
SHTG Troubleshooting
Hardware requirements
Make sure that your computer meets the following requirements before using this software.

Computer: IBM-compatible computer

Operating system: Microsoft (Windows 95,) Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000, or
Windows XP (English version)
CPU:
Windows 95/98: i486X, 100 MHz or higher (Pentium 100 MHz or higher recommended)
Windows Me/2000: Pentium, 166 MHz or higher (Pentium 233 MHz or higher recommended)
Windows XP: Pentium, 300 MHz or higher (Pentium 500 MHz or higher recommended)
Memory:
Windows 95/98: 16 MB or more (32 MB or more recommended)
Windows Me: 32 MB or more (64 MB or more recommended)
Windows 2000: 64 MB or more (128 MB or more recommended)
Windows XP: 128 MB or more (256 MB or more recommended)
Hard disk free space: 20 MB or more (40 MB or more recommended)
Drive: CD-ROM drive
Display: VGA (640 × 480 pixels), (SVGA [800 × 600 pixels] or more recommended)
256 or more colors
Mouse: Compatible with the operating systems mentioned above
Communication port: RS232C (Dsub-9 pin) port, USB port
Printer: Compatible with the operating systems mentioned above

NOTE:
• The amount of memory and the amount of free space on the hard disk differs depending on the
computer.
• Using this software while there is not enough free space on the hard disk could cause errors and
result in insufficient memory.
• This software will not run properly on some computers.
• When starting up this program, do not start other software applications.
• Do not use the screen saver function or the energy saving feature when using this program.
• If the ECM is changed, restart the program.
• Window XP is a multiuser operating system, therefore, be sure to end this program if the login
user is changed.
• The USB adapter cannot be used with Windows 95.

For operating instructions of the Yamaha Diagnostic System, refer to the “Yamaha Diagnostic Sys-
tem Instruction Manual.”

9-3 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Yamaha Diagnostic System
Connecting the communication cable to the outboard motor

1
3-pin communication coupler

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
69J1D11 9-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 TRBL
SHTG Troubleshooting

NOTE:
• To diagnose a mechanical malfunction, use the troubleshooting charts pertaining to the trouble
located in this chapter. Also, when checking and maintaining the outboard motor, see Chapters 4–
8 for safe maintenance procedures.
• Check that all electrical connections are tight and free from corrosion, and that the battery is fully
charged to 12 V.
• To diagnose a malfunctioning sensor or switch, use the diagnostic flash indicator to determine the
cause.

Power unit 9

Symptom: Engine does not crank.

• Check the starting system.
• Check the power unit.

Check that the gearshift is in the

neutral position.

Is the gearshift No
Set it to the neutral position.
in neutral?
Yes

Check the neutral switch and

shift cut switch for continuity.

Is there No Replace the neutral switch or

continuity? shift cut switch.
Yes

Check the engine start switch

for continuity.

Is there No
Replace the engine start switch.
continuity?
Yes
Check the engine stop lanyard
switch for continuity (with lock
plate).

Continued on next page.

9-5 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit

1
Is there No Replace the engine stop lan-
continuity? yard switch.
Yes

Check the fuse for continuity.

2
Is there No
Replace the fuse.

3
continuity?
Yes

Check the wiring harnesses for

continuity.

Is there
continuity?
No
Replace the wiring harnesses.
4
Yes

Listen for the operation sound

of the starter relay.
5
Can the oper-
ation sound
be heard?
Yes
No
Replace the starter relay. 6
Check the starter motor opera-
tion.
7
Good operat- No

8
Replace the starter motor.
ing condition?
Yes

Check the power unit.

9
69J1D11 9-6

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 TRBL
SHTG Troubleshooting
Symptom: Engine cranks, but will not start (engine stop lanyard switch is operating nor-
mally).
• Check the ignition system.
• Check the fuel system.
• Check the compression pressure of the power unit.

Check that the spark plugs pro-

WARNING
duce sparks. • Do not touch any of the connections of
the spark gap tester leads.
• Do not let sparks leak out of the
removed spark plug caps.
• Keep flammable gas or liquids away,
since this test can produce sparks.

Yes Check the ignition spark using

Are there sparks?
the spark gap tester.
No

Check the condition of the spark Yes Check the ignition

Good spark? system output peak
plugs.
voltage.
No

Check the ignition coil.

Wet spark plugs? No Check the main relay for conti-

nuity.
Yes

Start the engine using dried or Is there No Check the main

new spark plugs. continuity? relay.
Yes

Continued on next page. Check the fuel system.

9-7 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit

1
Does the No Check the compression pres-
engine start? sure of the combustion chamber.
Yes

Out of Yes

Check the condition of the spark

specification?
No 2
Failure in starting operation
plugs again.

Wet spark plugs?

No
Failure in starting operation
Check the valve
clearance.
3
Yes

Check the fuel system.

Adjust the valve
clearance.
Yes Out of
specification?
4
No

Check the cylinder head, cylin-

der body, and piston assembly. 5
6
7
8
9
69J1D11 9-8

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 TRBL
SHTG Troubleshooting
Symptom: Engine can be started, but does not remain on.
• Check the fuel system.
• Check the ignition system.
• Check the compression pressure of the power unit.

Fuel system

Check that the fuel vent screw of the fuel tank is open.

Is the vent No
Open the fuel vent screw.
screw open?
Yes

Check for water or residue in

the fuel filter.

Water or No Check the fuel hose for kinks or

residue? fuel leakage.
Yes

Clean the fuel system from the Kinks or fuel Yes Replace the
fuel tank to the fuel filter. leakage? respective parts.
No

Check the fuel pressure.

Yes Out of No Check the fuel

Check the pressure regulator.
specification? injector resistance.

Check the fuel system using the No Out of

Yamaha Diagnostic System. specification?
Yes

Good operat- No Replace the fuel

Replace the pressure regulator.
ing condition? injector.
Yes

Check the fuel system using the

Yamaha Diagnostic System.

9-9 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit
Ignition system

1
Check the ignition spark gap using the spark gap tester.

Out of No Check the ignition system out-

specification? put peak voltage.
Yes

Replace the spark plug.

Out of
specification?
No Check the ignition
system using the
2
Yamaha Diagnostic
Yes

Check the ignition coils resist-

ence.
System.
3
Replace the ignition coil.
Yes Out of
specification?
No Check the ignition
system using the
Yamaha Diagnostic
4
System.

Compression pressure
5
Check that there is no secondary air intake on the contact surfaces of
the intake manifold and crankcase. 6
Yes

7
Is there air
Replace the respective seals.
intake?
No

Check the compression pres-

8
sure of the combustion chamber.

9
69J1D11 9-10

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 TRBL
SHTG Troubleshooting
Symptom: The engine idle speed is not steady, but increases or decreases.
• Check the intake manifold.
• Check the air intake system.
• Check the ignition system.

Check the operation of the

throttle cable and throttle link.

Good operat- No Adjust the throttle cable and

ing condition? throttle link.
Yes

Check the synchronization of

the throttle valve.

Are the throt- Yes

tle valves Check the ignition timing.
synchronize?
Check the second-
No
ary air intake on the
Out of No O-ring and manifold
Synchronize the throttle valves. plate, idle speed
specification?
control hose, and
Yes the gaskets of the
vacuum check bolts.
Check the engine using the
Yamaha Diagnostic System.

9-11 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit
Symptom: Engine does not accelerate when the throttle is opened quickly.
The engine turns off when the throttle is opened quickly.
Acceleration is tardy and the engine is likely to stop at any moment.

1
• Check the engine using the diagnostic flash indicator or the Yamaha Diagnostic System.

Symptom: Engine can run, but engine speed will not increase.
Overheat warning indicator is on.
Oil pressure warning indicator is on.

2
Warning indicator is on and buzzer is sounding.
• Check the cooling system.
• Check the lubrication system.

Cooling system

Check the cooling water inlet for

clogs or debris.
3
4
Check that cooling water is
No discharged from the cooling
Clogs or debris?
water pilot hole.
Yes

5
Is water No
Clean the cooling water inlet.
discharged?
Yes
Check the water
pump impeller.

Check the thermostat operation.

Check the water
passage.
Yes
Good condition?
6
Good condition?
No
Replace the thermostat.
No

Replace the
impeller.
7
Yes

Check the engine temperature

sensor and thermoswitch. 8
Good condition?

Yes
No Replace the engine tempera-
ture sensor or thermoswitch.
9
Check the engine using the
Yamaha Diagnostic System.

69J1D11 9-12

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 TRBL
SHTG Troubleshooting
Lubrication system

Check the engine oil level.

At specified No Add engine oil to the correct

level? level.
Yes

Check the oil pressure.

Out of Yes Check the oil pump for debris or

specification? oil leaks.
No

No Check the oil

Debris or leaks?
passage.
Yes

Clean or replace the respective

Check the oil pressure sensor.
parts.

No
Good condition? Replace the oil pressure sensor.

Yes

Check the engine using the

Yamaha Diagnostic System.

9-13 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Power unit / Bracket unit
Bracket unit 9

Symptom: Power trim and tilt unit does not operate.

Listen for the operation sound

of the power trim and tilt relay. 1
Can the oper- Check the voltage between each terminal.
ation sound
be heard?
Yes
No
• Between the sky blue (Sb) lead and black (B) lead.
• Between the light green (Lg) lead and black (B) lead. 2
Check for continuity

3
Can 12 V be No between the battery,
obtained? relays, and power
trim and tilt switch.
Yes

Listen for the operation sound Replace the power trim and tilt
of the power trim and tilt motor.

Can the oper-

No
relay.

Check the voltage between the

4
ation sound sky blue (Sb) lead and light

5
be heard? green (Lg) lead.
Yes

Can 12 V be No Replace the power

obtained? trim and tilt relay.

Check that the manual valve is

closed.
Yes

Check the power trim and tilt

motor.
6
Is it closed?
No
Close the valve. 7
Yes

Check the power trim and tilt

fluid level. 8
Continued on next page.
9
69J1D11 9-14

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 TRBL
SHTG Troubleshooting

At specified No
Add fluid to the correct level.
level?
Yes

Measure the hydraulic pressure.

Out of No Check the power trim and tilt

specification? unit for leaks.
Yes
Disassemble the power trim and
tilt unit, and then check the filter
for debris or dirt.

Stuck foreign
Yes
substance or Clean or replace the filters.
clogs?
No

Check the fluid passages for

clogs or debris.

Yes
Clogs or debris? Clean the passages.

No

Check the internal parts (valves,

pistons, gears, etc.).

9-15 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Bracket unit
Symptom: Power trim and tilt unit does not hold the outboard motor up.

Check that the manual valve is

closed.

No
1
Is it closed? Close the valve.

Yes

Check the power trim and tilt

fluid level.
2
At specified
level?
No
Add fluid to the correct level.
3
Yes
Disassemble the power trim and
tilt unit, and then check the
filters for debris or dirt.
4
Stuck foreign
substance or
clogs?
Yes
Clean or replace the filters. 5
No

Check the fluid passages for

clogs or debris.
6
Yes

7
Clogs or debris? Clean the passages.

No

Check the internal parts (valves,

pistons, gear, etc.).

8
9
69J1D11 9-16

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 TRBL
SHTG Troubleshooting
Symptom: Shift mechanism of the forward gear and reverse gear does not operate properly.

Check the shift cable operation.

Good operat- No Check the shift cables and links

ing condition? of the remote control box.
Yes

Check the operation of the shift

rod.

Good operat- No Check the detent of the bottom

ing condition? cowling.
Yes
Check the condition of the shift
rod connection between the
lower case and upper case.

Connected No
Replace the shift rod.
properly?
Yes
Disassemble the lower case,
and then check the operation of
the dog clutch.

Good operat- No
Replace the respective parts.
ing condition?
Yes

Check the forward gear and

reverse gear.

9-17 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Bracket unit / Electrical systems
Electrical systems 9

Symptom: Battery becomes weaker quickly.

• Check the charging system.

Measure the output peak voltage of the stator coil. 1

Out of
specification?
No
Yes
Replace the stator coil.
2
3
Measure the Rectifier Regulator
output peak voltage.

Out of Yes
Replace the Rectifier Regulator.
specification?
No
Replace the battery, and then
4
check the voltage of all electri-

5
cal equipment on your boat.

6
7
8
9
69J1D11 9-18

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 TRBL
SHTG Troubleshooting
Self-diagnosis 9

Diagnosing the electronic control

system
1. Connect the special tools to the outboard
motor as shown.
È

L/W

• Trouble code indication

Example: The illustration indicates
code number 23.
a: Light on, 0.33 second
b: Light off, 4.95 seconds
b: Light off, 0.33 second
d: Light off, 1.65 seconds

R/B, W/B, B

S69J9015U

NOTE:
When performing this diagnosis, all of the
electrical wires must be properly connected.

4. If a flash pattern listed in the diagnosis

Diagnostic test lead: YB-06795 code chart is displayed, check the mal-
functioning part according to the flash
pattern.
2. Start the engine and let it idle.
NOTE:
3. Check the flash pattern of the diagnostic When more than one problem is detected,
indicator to determine if there are any the light of the diagnostic tester flashes in the
malfunctions. pattern of the lowest numbered problem.
After that problem is corrected, the light
• Normal condition
flashes in the pattern of the next lowest num-
(no defective part or irregular process-
bered problem. This continues until all of the
ing is found)
problems are detected and corrected.
• Single flash is given every 4.95 sec-
onds.
a: Light on, 0.33 second
b: Light off, 4.95 seconds

9-19 69J1D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Self-diagnosis

Code Symptom
1 Normal

1
13 Incorrect pulser coil signal
Incorrect engine temperature
15
sensor signal
Incorrect throttle position sensor
18
signal
19

23
Incorrect battery voltage
Incorrect intake air temperature
sensor signal
2
28 Incorrect neutral switch signal

29

37
Incorrect intake air pressure
sensor signal
Incorrect idle speed control
3
signal

39

44
Incorrect oil pressure sensor
signal
Incorrect engine stop lanyard
switch signal
4
45 Incorrect shift cut switch signal
46 Incorrect thermoswitch signal
5
6
7
8
9
69J1D11 9-20

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Index
A. Checking the cooling water passage.......... 3-9
Checking the cooling water pilot hole ....... 1-31
Adjusting the throttle link and throttle
Checking the crankpin oil clearance......... 5-51
cable operation (with a stop bolt) ............3-10
Checking the crankshaft ........................... 5-50
Adjusting the throttle link and throttle
Checking the crankshaft main journal oil
cable operation (without a stop bolt) .......3-11
clearance ................................................ 5-53
Adjusting the trim sensor ..........................7-19
Checking the cylinder bore ....................... 5-48
After test run .............................................1-31
Checking the cylinder head ...................... 5-39
Applicable models.......................................1-4
Checking the drive shaft ..................6-18, 6-44
Assembling the drive shaft
Checking the ECM.................................... 8-12
housing ......................................... 6-19, 6-45
Checking the electrical components........... 8-2
Assembling the forward gear ....................6-19
Checking the engine idle speed ............... 3-13
Assembling the gear pump .......................7-35
Checking the engine oil .....................1-28, 3-5
Assembling the lower case ............. 6-18, 6-44
Checking the engine start switch and
Assembling the oil pan..............................7-13
engine stop lanyard switch ..................... 1-30
Assembling the oil pump...........................5-55
Checking the engine temperature
Assembling the piston and
sensor..................................................... 8-13
cylinder block ..........................................5-56
Checking the filters ................................... 7-35
Assembling the power trim and tilt motor..7-28
Checking the fuel filter ................................ 3-5
Assembling the propeller shaft
Checking the fuel injector ......................... 4-15
assembly.................................................6-13
Checking the fuel joint and fuel hoses
Assembling the propeller shaft
(fuel joint-to-fuel injector) .......................... 3-4
housing ......................................... 6-13, 6-39
Checking the fuel system ......................... 1-28
Assembling the tilt ram..............................7-36
Checking the fuse............................7-44, 8-20
Assembling the trim rams .........................7-37
Checking the gear oil................................ 1-28
Checking the gear oil level ....................... 3-16
B. Checking the gear pump .......................... 7-35
Backlash (counter rotation model) ............6-54 Checking the gear pump housing............. 7-35
Backlash (regular rotation model) .............6-28 Checking the gearshift and throttle
Bleeding the power trim and tilt unit..........7-41 operation................................................. 1-30
Bottom cowling............................................7-3 Checking the gearshift operation.............. 3-12
Bracket unit ...............................................9-14 Checking the hydraulic pressure .............. 7-29
Break-in.....................................................1-31 Checking the idle speed control (ISC) ...... 4-15
Built-in .......................................................7-42 Checking the ignition coil.......................... 8-11
Checking the ignition spark gap ............... 8-11
C. Checking the ignition timing...................... 3-15
Changing the engine oil by draining it.........3-6 Checking the intake air temperature
Changing the engine oil using an sensor..................................................... 8-13
oil changer ................................................3-6 Checking the lower case .................6-18, 6-44
Changing the gear oil................................3-17 Checking the lower unit (for air leakage) .. 3-18
Charging system .......................................8-25 Checking the low-pressure fuel pump
Checking the anodes ................................3-18 and high-pressure fuel pump.................. 8-18
Checking the armature..............................8-23 Checking the magnet switch..................... 8-24
Checking the battery ....................... 1-28, 3-19 Checking the main relay ........................... 8-15
Checking the bearings .................... 6-18, 6-44 Checking the neutral switch...................... 8-14
Checking the brushes ...............................8-24 Checking the oil pressure ......................... 5-14
Checking the camshaft .............................5-38 Checking the oil pressure sensor ............. 5-15
Checking the check valve ...........................4-7 Checking the oil pump .............................. 5-55
Checking the compression pressure.........5-14 Checking the oil strainer ........................... 7-13
Checking the connecting rod big end Checking the outboard motor mounting
side clearance.........................................5-50 height...................................................... 1-29
Checking the connecting rod small end Checking the pinion and forward gear...... 6-18
inside diameter........................................5-50 Checking the pinion and reverse gear...... 6-44

i-1 60C5D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Checking the piston clearance..................5-48 Cooling system ......................................... 1-26
Checking the piston diameter ...................5-47 Cylinder block ........................................... 5-43
Checking the piston pin.............................5-50 Cylinder head ........................................... 5-29
Checking the piston pin boss bore............5-49
Checking the piston ring grooves..............5-49
Checking the piston ring side clearance ...5-49
Checking the piston rings..........................5-48
Checking the power trim and tilt
D.
Diagnosing the electronic control system .. 9-19
Dimensions............................................... 2-11
1
Disassembling the cylinder block ............. 5-47
fluid level .................................................3-16
Disassembling the drive shaft
Checking the power trim and tilt motor .....7-27
Checking the power trim and tilt
operation .................................................3-15
Checking the power trim and tilt relay.......7-44
housing ..........................................6-17, 6-43
Disassembling the forward gear ............... 6-17
Disassembling the gear pump .................. 7-31
Disassembling the lower case .........6-17, 6-43
2
Checking the power trim and tilt switch.....7-45
Disassembling the oil pan......................... 7-13
Checking the propeller ..............................3-18
Checking the propeller shaft ........... 6-12, 6-38
Checking the propeller shaft
housing ......................................... 6-12, 6-38
Disassembling the oil pump...................... 5-55
Disassembling the power trim and tilt
motor ...................................................... 7-27
Disassembling the propeller shaft
3
Checking the pulser coil............................8-12 assembly ................................................ 6-11

4
Checking the Rectifier Regulator ..............8-26 Disassembling the propeller shaft
Checking the remote control cables..........1-29
housing ..........................................6-11, 6-37
Checking the reservoir ..............................7-34
Disassembling the reverse gear ............... 6-43
Checking the shift cut switch.....................8-14
Disassembling the tilt cylinder and
Checking the spark plugs............................3-8
trim cylinders .......................................... 7-32
Checking the starter motor operation........8-24

5
Disassembly and assembly ........................ 1-4
Checking the starter motor pinion .............8-23
Disconnecting the high-pressure fuel
Checking the starter relay .........................8-20
hose joint ................................................ 4-15
Checking the stator coil.............................8-26
Draining the engine oil.............................. 7-13
Checking the steering wheel.....................1-30
Drive shaft and lower case
Checking the thermostat ................... 3-9, 5-60

6
(counter rotation model) ......................... 6-41
Checking the thermoswitch.......................8-14
Drive shaft and lower case
Checking the throttle link and (regular rotation model) .......................... 6-15
throttle cable operation .............................3-9
Checking the throttle position sensor........8-12
Checking the tilt cylinder and trim
E.

7
cylinder....................................................7-34 Electrical ..................................................... 2-7
Checking the tilt system ............................1-30 Electrical components ................................ 8-3
Checking the timing belt..............................3-8 Electrical systems..................................... 9-18
Checking the timing belt and sprockets ....5-26 Exhaust system ........................................ 1-11
Checking the timing chain.........................5-39
F.
8
Checking the timing chain tensioner .........5-39
Checking the top cowling ............................3-4 Fail-safe function table ............................. 1-20
Checking the trim sensor ..........................7-45 Features and benefits................................. 1-6
Checking the valve clearance ........... 3-8, 5-15 Fire prevention............................................ 1-3
Checking the valve guides ........................5-35 Front view ................................................... 8-5
Checking the valve seat............................5-36

9
Fuel and blowby hoses............................... 4-2
Checking the valve springs .......................5-34 Fuel control system .................................. 8-16
Checking the valves........................ 5-34, 7-34 Fuel injection control................................. 1-18
Checking the vapor separator.....................4-8 Fuel system .......................................1-13, 3-4
Checking the water pump and
shift rod ........................................... 6-8, 6-34
Checking the wiring harness (10 pins)......8-20
Control system ............................................3-9

60C5D11 i-2

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Index
G. Measuring the forward and
reverse gear backlash ...................6-28, 6-54
General .....................................................3-18
Measuring the fuel pressure
General specifications.................................2-1
(high-pressure fuel line)............................ 3-5
General torques ........................................2-17
Measuring the lower resistance.................. 8-2
Good working practices ..............................1-4
Measuring the peak voltage ....................... 8-2

H. N.
Hose routing................................................4-2
Newly developed V6 4-stroke engine ......... 1-6
How to use this manual...............................1-1
Not installed.............................................. 7-41

I. P.
Identification................................................1-4
Parts, lubricants, and sealants ................... 1-3
Ignition and ignition control system...........8-10
Port view..................................................... 8-4
Installing the clamp brackets.....................7-18
Power trim and tilt electrical system ......... 7-43
Installing the cylinder head .......................5-41
Power trim and tilt unit .....................3-15, 7-21
Installing the drive shaft .................. 6-19, 6-46
Power unit............................ 2-3, 3-5, 5-3, 9-5
Installing the hose clamps...........................4-7
Predelivery checks ................................... 1-28
Installing the lower unit ................... 6-22, 6-48
Propeller selection .................................... 1-27
Installing the power trim and tilt motor ......7-39
Propeller shaft housing
Installing the power trim and tilt unit..........7-18
(counter rotation model) ......................... 6-35
Installing the power unit ............................5-60
Propeller shaft housing
Installing the propeller shaft
(regular rotation model) ............................ 6-9
housing ......................................... 6-20, 6-46
Propeller size............................................ 1-27
Installing the reservoir...............................7-40
PTT (Power trim and tilt) unit...........1-17, 1-21
Installing the sprockets and timing belt .....5-27
Installing the steering arm.........................7-16
Installing the tilt cylinder............................7-38 R.
Installing the tilt ram ..................................7-40 Reducing the fuel pressure......................... 4-7
Installing the trim rams..............................7-38 Refacing the valve seat ............................ 5-36
Installing the upper case ...........................7-17 Removing the clamp brackets .................. 7-18
Installing the valves...................................5-40 Removing the cylinder head ..................... 5-33
Installing the water pump and Removing the drive shaft.................6-17, 6-43
shift rod ......................................... 6-20, 6-47 Removing the hose clamps ........................ 4-7
Intake manifold and high-pressure Removing the lower unit ....................6-7, 6-33
fuel line......................................................4-9 Removing the oil filter ............................... 5-25
Intake silencer, fuel filter, and Removing the power trim and tilt unit ....... 7-17
fuel pump ..................................................4-3 Removing the power unit.......................... 5-23
Intake system............................................1-11 Removing the pressure regulator ............. 4-15
Introduction .................................................9-2 Removing the propeller shaft
housing assembly..........................6-11, 6-37
L. Removing the starter motor pinion ........... 8-23
Removing the steering arm ...................... 7-15
Lower unit ......................................... 2-6, 3-16
Removing the timing belt and sprockets... 5-25
Lower unit (counter rotation model) ..........6-30
Removing the water pump and
Lower unit (regular rotation model) .............6-4
shift rod............................................6-7, 6-33
Lubrication ................................................3-20
Replacing the oil filter ................................. 3-7
Lubrication system ....................................1-26
Replacing the timing belt ...................3-8, 5-21
Replacing the valve guides....................... 5-35
M.
Maintenance interval chart..........................3-2
Maintenance specifications.........................2-3
Manual format .............................................1-1

i-3 60C5D11

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 S.
Safety while working ...................................1-3
Selecting the connecting rod bearing........5-52

1
Selecting the crankshaft main bearing......5-54
Selecting the forward gear shims.... 6-26, 6-52
Selecting the pinion shims .............. 6-25, 6-51
Selecting the propeller shaft shims ...........6-54
Selecting the reverse gear shims.... 6-27, 6-52

2
Selection ...................................................1-27
Self-diagnosis ...........................................9-19
Self-protection.............................................1-3
Serial number..............................................1-4
Shimming ........................................ 6-25, 6-51
Shimming (counter rotation model)...........6-50
Shimming (regular rotation model)............6-24
Special service
tools ............ 3-1, 4-1, 5-1, 6-1, 7-1, 8-1, 9-1
Specified torques ......................................2-14
3
Starboard and rear views............................8-3
Starter motor .............................................8-21
Starting system .........................................8-19
Symbols ......................................................1-2
Synchronizing the throttle valve ................4-16
4
T.
Technical tips ............................................1-18
Test run.....................................................1-31
Throttle control ..........................................4-13
5
Tightening torques ....................................2-14

U.
Top cowling.................................................3-4
Top view......................................................8-6
6
Upper case, steering arm,

V.
swivel bracket and clamp brackets ...........7-7

Valve train system.......................................1-9

7
Vapor separator ..........................................4-5

W.
Ventilation ...................................................1-3
8
Wiring harness ............................................8-7

Y.
Yamaha Diagnostic System........................9-2 9
60C5D11 i-4

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 Wiring diagram
F200TR, LF200TR, F225TR, LF225TR
1 Low-pressure fuel pump Color code
2 Accessory battery B : Black
3 Fuel pump driver and isolator Br : Brown
4 High-pressure fuel pump G : Green
5 Idle speed control L : Blue
6 Fuel injector Lg : Light green
7 Spark plug O : Orange
8 Ignition coil P : Pink
9 Intake air pressure sensor R : Red
0 Thermoswitch Sb : Sky blue
A Engine temperature sensor W : White
B Pulser coil Y : Yellow
C Stator coil B/O : Black/orange
D Rectifier Regulator B/W : Black/white
E Throttle position sensor B/Y : Black/yellow
F Shift cut switch Br/W : Brown/white
G Neutral switch G/B : Green/black
H ECM G/R : Green/red
I Fuse (5 A) G/W : Green/white
J Fuse (30 A) G/Y : Green/yellow
K Fuse (20 A) L/R : Blue/red
L Starter relay L/W : Blue/white
M Starter motor L/Y : Blue/yellow
N Power trim and tilt relay O/B : Orange/black
O Power trim and tilt motor O/R : Orange/red
P Trim sensor O/Y : Orange/yellow
Q Starting battery P/B : Pink/black
R Intake air temperature sensor P/G : Pink/green
S Main relay P/W : Pink/white
T Oil pressure sensor R/B : Red/black
U Power trim and tilt switch R/Y : Red/yellow
W/B : White/black
È To warning indicator W/G : White/green
É To remote control W/R : White/red
Ê To trim meter Y/G : Yellow/green
Ë To computer
Ì To diagnostic indicator

(*1) Isolator cable (optional)

(*2) Negative cable (commercially available)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 YAMAHA MOTOR CORPORATION, USA

Printed in USA
Sep. 2003 – 0.0 × 1 CR
(E)

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 F200TR, LF200TR, F225TR, LF225TR É
1 : G 16 : B/W 31 : Br G
R Y
G G/B W
1 4 R/Y G
R/Y
G/Y
2 : Y/G 17 : L/R 32 : B Lg

3 : P 18 : G/B 33 : P/G
4 : W 19 : G 34 : P
B R B L
5 H 5 : — 20 : G/R 35 : B/Y
P
B R
G/B G/R R/Y R/Y R/Y R/Y B B 6 : L/W 21 : G/Y 36 : — P/B
È Br
B Sb
R/Y G/R
R/Y R/Y
R/Y
R/B
7 : B/Y 22 : B/O 37 : P P Ê
8 : B 23 : P/B 38 : O/Y B
R/Y
3 B L G/Y
G/B
G/R
R/Y
R/Y
R/Y
9 : L/Y 24 : P/W 39 : O/B
G
L/R R/Y B/W
R/Y
R/Y R/Y 10 : O 25 : — 40 : O/R
L/W P/B P/W
L/W
B/W L/R R/Y G/Y B B 11 : O 26 : W/B 41 : — P
R/Y L 12 : O 27 : L/W 42 : B
L/R
R/Y B
13 : W/G 28 : Y 43 : B/Y
B/W 14 : W/B 29 : P/W 44 : B/W P B
L B P/W
L
B L/W L
L/W
R/Y 15 : W/R 30 : R/Y P/B
P
B
L P/B
P
R/Y

P/G
B
O 9 B
B/Y
O/Y O/R O/B B B/Y
R/Y R/Y R/Y B B/Y
P/G B O
A
B B

P P
= B/Y B/Y
B
W/R W/B W/R
O/Y R/Y O/R R/Y O/B R/Y P P B
#6 6 #4 6 #2 6 B
W/R
W/R
W/B
W/B B/Y
B
W/G W/G
B W/G B W/G
R/Y W
B/O R R/Y R/Y
R/Y R/Y B B B B P/W O Sb R Lg B L/W
Y Y/G R/Y R/Y
B/O
R/Y B D R/Y
R
B P B

B/W

Y R P/W O
R/Y W B L/W
BB Sb
Y/G3 R/Y1
R
B B B B B B R/Y4
R B/W
B R Lg
#4 #1 R W R/Y6 R/Y5
C R/Y Y
1 2 3 4 5 6
C
7 8 7 G/W
G G G 3 Sb
G/W
G/W
GG G
T
R/Y
B/Y
G G I
G/W G
B/Y
R R R/Y
S Lg R Sb
P
R/Y
R/Y R/Y
B/W R/Y R/Y
R/Y R
G/W G
R R/Y
G/W R/Y
R R
G/W R/Y R R/Y R
R
G/W
G/W U
R/Y R/Y
R B/W
#6 #3
J K K W/B

7 8 7 B B R/Y R/Y
R R
R/B

R/Y P P
= Br/W R R R B
B
W/B
B
B/W
R/Y
J R
J R/B

J J
B/W
R/Y
E R N O L/W
R/Y
P Sb
B
R R
P
B R R
R B/W O B O
#2 #5 L
Lg
7 8 7 F B Br

B L/Y B
M Br

R/Y Sb Lg
#1 Sb
O/R L/Y G Br/W R
Lg Lg
6 O/R R/Y B
Lg
R/Y Sb
#3 B
O/Y B
B L/Y
6 O/Y R/Y
B
B
L/Y L/Y
#5
R/Y
B
Br
B
B
(∗2) Q
B B B
O/B B
6 O/B R/Y Br (∗1) 2
S60LWD01U

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

 5 H È É Ê

P/W P
G/R G R/Y R/Y R/Y R/Y B B P/B P/B P/B G P W Y Lg Sb R B Br P B
4 G/Y G/B R/Y R/B R/Y

R/Y

L B B B B/Y
B
L/R

B/W
1 R/Y L/W
Sb Lg Y/G P/W O Lg Sb L/W W/B
3 R/Y P B
6 R/Y
R/Y
R/Y
O/R O/R
O/Y O/Y
O/B O/B

B/Y W/R
W/B W/G

B
R/Y
B
R/Y R
3 5 6 4 1 R

P B O B P/G

= A I L R N S K T U Ë ÌP
B
R/Y B/O B/W O/Y R/Y R/Y L/Y
R/Y R/Y B/Y O/R O/B R/Y B Br B B P O B P

8 6=EFG

S60LWD02U

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine